SP's Military Yearbook 2019

SP’s

Military 2019

Yearbook

• Enormously Improved • Exhaustively Updated • Extensive Inclusion of Infographics

SP’s

Military

Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2019 46 th

i s sue

F-21: For India.

From India.

46th is s u e

Different, inside and out. Made in India. Made for India.

The F-21 integrates India into the world’s largest fighter aircraft ecosystem and strengthens the country’s path to an advanced airpower future.

Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

editor-in-chief

© 2019 Lockheed Martin Corporation

jayant baranwal

Providing Aerospace and Defense Solutions...

Any Time... Any Where!

• CUSTOMER VALUE • INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS • ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES

editor-in-chief

jayant baranwal

Copyright © 2019

SP Guide Publications All rights reserved. The information published herein is for the personal use of the reader and may not be used for any other activity. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means – digital, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording or otherwise – without the prior written approval of the Editor-in-Chief.

For copyright permissions, please contact: The Editor-in-Chief SP’s Military Yearbook A-133, Arjun Nagar, Opposite Defence Colony New Delhi 110003, India.

E-mail: editor@spsmilitaryyearbook.com The publisher shall not be liable in the event of incidental or consequential damages in connection with, or arising out of, the furnishing or use of the information, associated instructions/claims of productivity gains.

Founded by Shri SUKHDEO PRASAD BARANWAL in 1965

Published by Jayant Baranwal SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS New Delhi, India

Cover Design by Anoop Kamath

Designed by

Corporate Office: SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD A-133, Arjun Nagar Opposite Defence Colony New Delhi 110003, India.

Tel: +91 (11) 24644693, 24644763, 24620130, 24658322 Fax: +91 (11) 24647093

SP Guide Publications Team

E-mail:

ISSN 0076-8782 ISBN 9-788194-159902 Registered with RNI No. (P.) : F.2 (S/11) Press / 93

Order:

info@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

order@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Printed in India at

Websites:

Pragati Offset, Hyderabad

www.spguidepublications.com, www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

MISTRAL UNRIVALLED KILL PROBABILITY

FIRE AND FORGET, EASE OF USE, MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL FLEXIBILITY Not only is Mistral the most versatile missile in the world, it is also the most efficient with over 96% hit success rate.

AIR DOMINANCE

AIR DEFENCE

MARITIME SUPERIORITY

BATTLEFIELD ENGAGEMENT

www.mbda-systems.com

Authors' profiles Group Captain A.K. Sachdev (Retd)

Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd)

Group Captain A.K. Sachdev (Retd) has more than 43 years of aviation experience including the Indian Air Force (IAF) and in a commercial airlines business. He is a Sword of Honour winner from the Air Force Academy.

He has flown multi-engine jets as well as rotary wing aircraft. He was a Senior Research Fellow in Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi, for two years and has published a book, a monograph, and numerous academic and aviation related articles in professional and aviation journals. n Article on page 59

Lt General A.P. Singh Director General, Army Air Defence, Indian Army Lt General A.P. Singh is an alumnus of NDA and was commissioned into an Air Defence Regiment on June13, 1981. The officer has done Long Gunnery Staff Course, Tunguska Weapon course in Russia, and he is a graduate of DSSC, HC and NDC Courses. He holds MPhil degree in Def & Strat Management and is a Ph.D in Military Science. At present he is the Director General Air Defence at the Integrated Hq of MoD (Army). n Article on page 97

Bridadier Dr Anil Sharma (Retd)

Air Marshal B.K. Pandey retired from the Indian Air Force (IAF) after serving the organisation for nearly 40 years. During his career, he held a number of important command and staff appointments, the last being that of AOC-in-C Training Command of the IAF. Currently he is an Editor with SP Guide Publications and is a resident of Bengaluru. n Article on page 141, 215, 271, 289

Major General Dhruv C. Katoch (Retd) An alumnus of Sherwood College, Nainital, the National Defence Academy, Khadakwasla, and the National Defence College, New Delhi, Major General Dhruv C. Katoch was commissioned in the Dogra Regiment on March 31, 1972. Besides the National Defence College, the General is a graduate of the Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, and the Higher Command Course, Mhow. He was the Director, Centre for Land Warfare Studies (CLAWS), New Delhi, which is the Indian Army’s premier think tank on land warfare. n Article on page 33

Group Captain Joseph Noronha (Retd)

Anil is a Master of Management Studies (MMS) from Osmania University and Ph.D (System Dynamics Modeling of National Security Strategy and Force Restructuring). He is Fellow of Army War College, Former Head of Office of Net Assessment and Professor and Director-SA at University of Petroleum and Energy Studies, Dehradun. He has published a number of papers on strategy and security and is currently working with Vivekananda International Foundation. n

Group Captain Joseph Noronha is an experienced fighter pilot and a Qualified Flying Instructor (QFI A2). Commissioned in the fighter stream of the Indian Air Force in December 1974, he later commanded a MiG-21M squadron and served as Directing Staff at the Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, Nilgiris. He also served twice on the staff of the Flying Instructors' School, Tambaram, Chennai. Post retirement, he continues to keep in close touch with aviation issues and is a prolific writer for a variety of aviation periodicals and journals. n

Article on page 9

Article on page 103

Lt General Arun Sahni (Retd)

Dr Laxman Kumar Behera

Lt General Arun Sahni, a decorated, scholar – soldier, is a former C-in-C, Indian Army. A high achiever throughout his career, with vast operational experience of combatting external and internal security challenges, in India and abroad. Has been a military diplomat and a sportsman of repute. Presently well known for his academic excellence and oratory skills, he is Distinguished fellow with well reputed think tanks. He is actively involved in mentoring ‘start-ups’ in domain of AI and Cyber and steers an environment policy group. n

He is a master’s in applied and analytical economics, and Ph.D from the School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is a Research Fellow with the Indian Defence Studies and Analyses (IDSA). As a member of IDSA’s Defence Economics and Industry Centre, Dr Behera undertakes policy relevant research pertaining to various economic aspects of Indian defence. He was closely associated with two high-level committees set up by the Indian Ministry of Defence on Defence Acquisition Reforms and Defence Expenditure Review. n

Article on page 41

Article on page 137

8 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

l

authors' profiles l

Dr Monika Chansoria

Ambassador P. Stobdan

Dr Monika Chansoria is a Tokyo-based Senior Visiting Fellow at The Japan Institute of International Affairs (JIIA). Her latest authored book (2017) is titled China, Japan, and Senkaku Islands: Conflict in the East China Sea Amid an American Shadow. In 2011, Dr Chansoria authored a book on the Chinese PLA titled China: Military Modernisation and Strategy. n Article on page 19, 23

Major General Mrinal Suman (Retd)

Ambassador P. Stobdan is a distinguished academician, diplomat, author and foreign policy expert. He has been India’s Ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary to the Republic of Kyrgyzstan until recently.

He has earlier served in the National Security Council Secretariat (NSCS). He also served as Director of the Centre for Strategic Studies in Jammu and Kashmir.

He is the Founding President of the Ladakh International Centre, Leh. He is currently with IDSA, New Delhi. He is a Distinguished Fellow at the United Services Institution (USI) and he is also a leading columnist for Indian Express and other national dailies in India. n Article on page 55

Major General Suman heads the Defence Technical Assessment and Advisory Service (DTAAS) of the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII). As the first Technical Manager (Land Systems), he was closely associated with the evolution and promulgation of the new defence procurement mechanism in which his expertise is well known. n Article on page 157, 165

Commodore Mukesh Bhargava (Retd)

Lt General P.C. Katoch (Retd) Lt General P.C. Katoch superannuated as Director General Information Systems of the Indian Army. A third-generation army officer, he commanded the Strike Corps in the South Western Theatre. He has served as Defence Attaché in Japan with accreditation to Republic of Korea. n Article on page 71, 117

Commodore Mukesh Bhargava (Retd) graduated in Electrical Engineering from IIT, Roorkee in 1976. As a technical officer in the Navy, he has held various leadership appointments on board frontline Warships, Submarines, Naval Dockyards, Staff and Submarine Design Directorate at Integrated HQs, Ministry of Defence (Navy). After 31 years of distinguished and military service he retired from the Indian Navy and accepted a call from L&T to join the Corporate. He is Executive Director & Member of Board, L&T Defence. He sits on the Board of L&T Cassidian Ltd, L&T MBDA Missile Systems Ltd and is Chairman of the Board of LTH Milcom Pvt Ltd. He is also Founder & Director of Defence Innovators & Industry Association (DIIA) n

Vice Admiral R.K. Pattanaik (Retd) Vice Admiral R.K. Pattanaik is a graduate from the National Defence Academy and was commissioned into the Indian Navy as an Executive Officer on January 1, 1978. After serving for 38 years he retired on October 31, 2015. He has held many important staff and command assignments. His last assignment was Deputy Chief of the Naval Staff at Integrated Headquarters, Ministry of Defence (Navy). His academic qualifications include, Post Graduation in Defence and Strategic Studies from Madras University and M.Phil in Global Security. He is currently pursuing Ph.D in Defence and Security Studies at Madras University. n

Article on page 113

Article on page 153

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

Brigadier Rahul Bhonsle (Retd)

He is a former Director General, Army Air Defence, member of Integrated Guided Missile Development Programme and Member Secretary of the first National Radar Council. He has served with the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and was also a consultant with the Bharat Electronics Limited. He was also involved in writing the history of the Regiment of Artillery and history of the Corps of Army Air Defence. At present he is the Technical Group Editor with SP Guide Publications. n

Brigadier Rahul Bhonsle has three decades of experience in counter-insurgency and counter-terrorism in India and abroad. He had hands-on experience in military modernisation and training during his service period heading a number of tactical and technical innovation projects at the operational level. Post retirement since 2006, he has combined his military expertise with extensive study of future trends and coordinated a number of projects for the Directorate of Net Assessment in the Integrated Defence Staff, Centre for the Joint Warfare Studies and Centre for Land Warfare Studies. He is at present Director of Security Risks, a South Asian security risk and knowledge management consultancy. n

Article on page 173, 307, 319

Article on page 125, 407

10 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

The Heron Family

Interoperable Solution for Your Operational Needs Heron TP

Heron

Tactical Heron

4 Decades of Experience | 50+ Customers Worldwide +1.7M Operational Hours | Lifetime Service • Multi-mission, multi-payload configuration • Long Runner capabilities: remotely-controlled landing and take-off • Advanced voice and touch activated workstation • A strong technical and logistic support + a well established UAS academy • Full automation • Seamlessly shifts between satellites • Highest safety and reliability www.iai.co.il • info.malat@iai.co.il

l

authors' profiles l

Lt General Rajesh Pant (Retd)

Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha (Retd)

Lt General Rajesh Pant is an internationally renowned Techno-Scholar-Warrior-Mentor. The officer served the Indian Army Signals for more than 41 years with an unblemished service profile. He is a triple postgraduate, with M.Tech from IIT Kharagpur, M.Phil from Madras University and Master of Management Studies from Osmania University. In June 2014, the officer has also obtained his Ph.D in the important field of Information Security. He is presently the Chairman of Precision Electronics Limited, a Governing Council member of IETE and an International Consultant on Information Security. n

Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha served as the Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief, Central Air Command from January 1, 2016, to December 31, 2018. Prior to his present appointment, he was the Deputy Chief of the Air Staff at Air Headquarters. He was commissioned in the fighter stream on June 15, 1980, and has over 3,700 hours of flying experience. He is a ‘Cat A’ Qualified Flying Instructor, Instrument Rating Instructor and Examiner and a graduate of the Defence Services Staff College. He held various Command, Instructional and staff appointments which include Team leader of AWACS Project Team in Israel and Air Officer Commanding of a premier Su-30MKI base. n

Article on page 93

Article on page 37, 161

Lt General Rameshwar Yadav (Retd)

Vice Admiral Satish Soni (Retd)

Lt General Rameshwar Yadav was commissioned into the Rajputana Rifles Regiment in December 1974. He is an alumnus of the prestigious Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, Higher Command Course and National Defence College. The General has hands on experience of combat contingencies in all sectors of deployment of the Indian Army and tri service joint operations. As head of the largest combat component of the Indian Army, he has been closely associated with strategic level planning, force structuring and modernisation. He is a regular contributor towards national security and strategic issues through print and visual media. n Article on page 63, 67

Ranjit Gupta Ranjit Gupta is a retired Indian Foreign Service officer.

He had been India’s Ambassador to Yemen (North), Venezuela, Oman, Thailand and Spain and finally head of the non-official office in Taiwan. He is currently a member of the National Security Advisory Board and is leading a Joint Research Project with the Gulf Research Centre, Dubai, and on India GCC Relations on behalf of the Ministry of External Affairs. n Article on page 15

Rear Admiral Dr S. Kulshrestha (Retd)

Vice Admiral Satish Soni retired from the Indian Navy on Febryary 29, 2016, after 40 years of service. He has held the appointment of Flag Officer Commanding-inChief, Eastern Naval Command before retirement. Post retirement he has been writing, travelling, participating in seminars and discussions. He is a Distinguished Fellow with the United Institution of India, Delhi. n Article on page 47

Lt General Subrata Saha (Retd) Lt General Subrata Saha was the Deputy Chief of the Army Staff (Planning & Systems) responsible for long term perspective planning, capability development and modernisation of the Indian Army till his retirement on March 31, 2017. His operational experience includes GOC 15 Corps, leading all military operations in Kashmir, GOC Infantry Division in Strike Corps, Brigade Commander on the Line of Control in Kashmir, Counter Insurgency in Assam and Punjab and Siachen Glacier. He led disaster management operations as a Battalion Commander during the Super Cyclone in 1999 and more recently as Corps Commander during floods in Kashmir in 2014. He was adjudged as the Best Overseas Student at the Staff College Camberley and Gold Medalist at the Higher Command Course in the Indian Army War College. n Article on page 75

Rear Admiral Dr S. Kulshrestha is a post-graduate from Jodhpur University who joined Indian Navy in the year 1975 and was awarded the Sword of Honour in 1976, for being the best Naval Officer during initial training. He specialised in Quality Assurance of Naval Armament and adorned various key appointments in the Navy, DRDO establishments, ordnance factories and finally rose to become the Director General of Naval Armament Inspection (DGNAI) at the Integrated Headquarters of the Ministry of Defence (Navy). As DGNAI, he was directly responsible for timely availability of reliable and safe naval armament to the operational fleet of the Indian Navy. n

Rear Admiral Sushil Ramsay (Retd) Rear Admiral Sushil Ramsay retired after serving in the Indian Navy for 38 years. He provided extensive strategic directions and operational expertise towards capacity-building in logistics, defence expenditure, administrative reforms and restructuring of Services Headquarters. He has been Naval Attaché in the Embassy of India in Moscow. n Article on page 191

Article on page 121

12 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Naval Group - photo credit: ©Naval Group - Design : Seenk

A GLOBAL AMBITION INSPIRED

BY CENTURIES OF INNOVATION Naval Group is Europe’s leader in naval defence with a strong heritage that stretches back nearly four hundred years The products we offer our clients are ambitious as well as complex.

The innovative solutions we develop are aimed at safeguarding national security interests.

Naval Group in India (100% subsidiary of Naval Group since 2009) shares the similar continued commitment towards Indian Navy, Indian Shipyards ans Industry in providing best in class modern technologies through creation of sustainable indigenous ecosystem while fostering «Make in India» spirit.

To find out more, go to india.naval-group.com

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 13

l

authors' profiles l

Major General Umong Sethi (Retd)

Dr Vivek Lall

Umong Sethi is an army veteran who has had considerable experience of command in operationally active areas and exposure at the strategic level of planning operations, procurement, equipment management processes and managing disasters. He is a prolific writer and a military analyst. He contributes to the discourse on National Security, Smart & Safe Cities, Smart Borders and Skill Development. n

Dr Vivek Lall was appointed Vice President of Strategy and Business Development at Lockheed Martin in January 2018 based in Texas, USA. In May 2018, he was appointed by the US Government in a key advisory role to the US Cabinet Secretary, heading Department of Transportation (encompassing entities like the FAA) in Washington DC. Prior to his appointment at Lockheed Martin, he was Chief Executive in charge of US and International Strategic Development at General Atomics (makers of the Predator UAV’s) based in San Diego. From 19962011, Vivek held numerous marketing and engineering leadership roles with The Boeing Company including Vice President and India Country Head. n

Article on page 301

Lt General Dr V.K. Saxena (Retd) Lt General V.K. Saxena is an alumnus of Defence Services Staff College, College of Defence Management and the coveted National Defence College. He is a silver-gunner and the first ever winner of the Director General of Artillery Trophy for standing first on the Long Gunnery Staff Course. He has had a wide exposure to varied command and staff assignments. He was the Director General of the Army Air Defence at the Army Headquarters, prior to superannuation. n Article on page 109

Brigadier Vinod Anand (Retd) Brigadier Vinod Anand was Brigadier General Staff, Joint Operations at Army Training Command in his last assignment. He is a post-graduate in defence and strategic studies. He was a Senior Fellow at the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses and is currently a Senior Fellow with the Vivekananda International Foundation. n

Article on page 51

Ambassador Yogendra Kumar Ambassador Yogendra Kumar retired from the Indian Foreign Service in 2012. At the time of retirement, he was Indian Ambassador to the Philippines, with additional accreditation to the Pacific island countries of Palau, Micronesia and the Marshall Islands. Earlier, he was the High Commissioner to Namibia and the Ambassador to Tajikistan (2000-03) during which period he also handled Afghanistan affairs. He has served on the faculty of the National Defence College. Since retirement, he has been writing and speaking on foreign policy and security affairs. n Article on page 27

Article on page 147, 169

14 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Unique. Ahead Ahead of of the the Art. Art. Unique.

Unique. Ahead of the Art.

ShinMaywa Industries India Private Ltd.

Flat No. 1010,1011 and 1012, 10th Floor, Narain Manzil 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi –110001 URL http://www.shinmaywa.co.jp E-mail air.sales@shinmaywa.co.jp

Major Indian Armed Forces’ Headquarters 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

New Delhi (HQ Integrated Defence Staff) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (Army) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (Navy) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (IAF) New Delhi (HQ Strategic Forces Command)

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Udhampur (HQ Northern Command), Army Chandimandir (HQ Western Command), Army Kolkata (HQ Eastern Command), Army Jaipur (HQ South-Western Command), Army Pune (HQ Southern Command), Army Lucknow (HQ Central Command), Army Shimla (HQ Training Command), Army

16 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

13. Vishakhapatnam (HQ Eastern Naval Command), Navy 14. Mumbai (HQ Western Naval Command), Navy 15. Kochi (HQ Southern Naval Command), Navy 16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

New Delhi (HQ Western Air Command), IAF Shillong (HQ Eastern Air Command), IAF Allahabad (HQ Central Air Command), IAF Gandhinagar (HQ South-Western Air Command), IAF Thiruvananthapuram (HQ Southern Air Command), IAF Bengaluru (HQ Training Command), IAF Nagpur (HQ Maintenance Command), IAF

23. Port Blair (HQ Andaman & Nicobar Command)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Contents STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Colour pa ges

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Cont e n t s Map: Major Indian Armed Forces’ Headquarters.................................................................................................16 Letters to the Editor..................................................................................................................................................... 24-25 LETTER FROM Dr S. Radhakrishnan, Second President of India, addressed to our Founder Editor-in-Chief, in March 1966.......................................................................................................................27

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Authors’ Profiles.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-14

33-48

Sin título-1 1

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

22/01/2018 11:32:18

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 17

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Weapons, Equipment & Vehicles

TECHNOLOGY

Editorial............................................................................................................................................................................... 26-32

Cont e nt s B lack & White pa ges

1 SPerspectives 1 trategy & 1. Conflicts to Watch............................ 1 2. Crystal Gazing the Global Security Environment...................... 9 Brigadier Dr Anil Sharma (Retd)

3. West Asia—A Ticking Bomb?

Implications for India.................... 15 Ambassador Ranjit Gupta

4. Asean Centrality— In the Trap of China’s Regionalism..................................... 19

Dr Monika Chansoria

5. China’s Strategic Footprint— Stretching Across the Indo-Pacific Until Africa............... 23 Dr Monika Chansoria

6. Challenges Before India’s Maritime Diplomacy...................... 27

Ambassador Yogendra Kumar

7. The Pakistan Factor in India

and Afghanistan.............................. 33

Major General Dhruv C. Katoch (Retd)

8. Indian Air Force Fighter Squadrons Need Full Replacement by 2035..................... 37

Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha (Retd)

9. Indian Army Road Map for ‘Right Sizing’— An Appraisal.................................... 41

18 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Lt General Arun Sahni (Retd) www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

B lack & White pa ges

10. Indian Navy in the Indo-Pacific— Realism Versus Posturing............................................. 47

14. Cyber Warfare—The Silent Strategic

Weapon Without Frontiers............................................ 63

11. US-India Partnership in Defence................................ 51

15. Nuclear Calculus and Its Imperatives....................... 67

Lt General Rameshwar Yadav (Retd)

12. 2018 – Turnaround in India-Russia Partnership........................................................................ 55

16. State Sponsored Terrorism— Tactical Weapon?............................................................ 71

P. Stobdan

13. Space—The New Frontier and Future of India’s Aerospace Command..................................................... 59 Group Captain A.K. Sachdev (Retd)

Lt General P.C. Katoch (Retd)

17. China’s National Defense in the New Era................ 75 The State Council Information Office of the People’s Republic of China July 2019, First Edition 2019

TURRETS & GUNS

AMMUNITION

TECHNOLOGY

Dr Vivek Lall

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Lt General Rameshwar Yadav (Retd)

BUSINESS

Vice Admiral Satish Soni (Retd)

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Cont e nt s

ARMORED VEHICLES Nexter, Land defense architect and system integrator in France, is a major reference in INDIAN DEFENCE

armored combat systems, artillery, and in the ammunition field. Nexter designs innovative solutions for land, air, sea and security forces, in order to bring French and foreign armed forces a decisive operational advantage.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

EQUIPMENT

NexterCorporat_V3_180x112_VA.indd 1

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

24/04/2019 16:44

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 19

REGIONAL BALANCE

CREATING REFERENCES IN DEFENSE

©Nexter, Adrien Daste

ARTILLERY SYSTEMS

Cont e nt s B lack & White pa ges

2 TECHNOLOGY 93

4. Role of Hypersonic Weapons

in Future Wars................................................................109

1.

Satellites—The Force Multiplier in Space.............. 93

Lt General (Dr) Rajesh Pant (Retd)

2. Ballistic Missile Defence— Affordable Options and Technologies....................... 97

Lt General A.P. Singh Director General, Army Air Defence, Indian Army

Lt General V.K. Saxena (Retd)

5. Emerging Technologies for Future Submarines and Auvs.................................................113

Commodore Mukesh Bhargava (Retd)

6. The Future Super Soldier.............................................117

Lt General P.C. Katoch (Retd)

3. A Growing Variety of Weaponry— Future Trends in Air Armament..................................103

7.

Artificial Intelligence— An India Specific Scan................................................121

Group Captain Joseph Noronha (Retd)

Rear Admiral Dr S. Kulshrestha (Retd)

20 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Brigadier Rahul Bhonsle (Retd)

2. India’s Defence Budget 2019-20.............................. 137 3. Modernisation of the Indian Air Force............................ 141

Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd)

ILE

MISS 90M

OPV NCED

ADVA

PROD

HIGHLIGHTS Largest exporter of Defence Ships from Indian Sub-Continent with 607 Cr VoP from exports in FY 17-18

♦

CMV

M

♦

02 Advanced OPVs delivered to Sri Lanka, Largest Defence ships to be exported from India & largest in Sri Lankan fleet 29 deliveries in last 5 year, all ‘ahead of schedule’ at fixed cost

♦ ♦ ♦

5. India’s Maritime Interests Amidst Power Play in Indo-Pacific.................................... 153

U

OPV

E IGAT

ILE FR

MISS

Brigadier Vinod Anand (Retd)

Vice Admiral R.K. Pattanaik (Retd)

Culminated 06 CG OPVs project in 2017 with all deliveries ahead of schedule Gearing up to execute 12 x Mine Counter Measure Vessels

6. Self Reliance in Military Hardware—Time for Radical Measures........................ 157

EXECUTING PROJECT FOR 2 ADVANCED STEALTH FRIGATES FOR THE INDIAN NAVY - A MAJOR IMPORT SUBSTITUTE PROJECT

Major General Mrinal Suman (Retd)

7. Self-Reliance in the

Aerospace Sector......................... 161

Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha (Retd)

8. Strategic Partnership in Defence Production— Challenges Ahead........................ 165

ILE

OF CT PR

NOPV

4. Indian Army—

Pangs of Modernisation............. 147

FPV

BOAT

SRI L

ANKA

N OP

V

EXPO MAU

RTS

RITIU

S FPV

MAU

RITIU

Email : fpg_office@goashipyard.com

S FIB

MYA

NMA

R DC

S

Major General Mrinal Suman (Retd) www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TECHNOLOGY

Dr Laxman Kumar Behera

BUSINESS

INDIAN DEFENCE

GOA SHIPYARD LTD

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

1. India’s Strategic and Business Environment................................... 125

B lack & White pa ges

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 21

REGIONAL BALANCE

3 BUSINESS 125

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Cont e nt s

Cont e n t s 4 INDIAN DEFENCE

B lack & White pa ges

169

5 ASIAN WHO’S WHO

329

1. Jointness and Integration— Finally Beginning...........................................................169

MoD Organisations & Contacts of Asian Countries...................................................................330

Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces............................................................354

Brigadier Vinod Anand (Retd)

2. The Indian Army.............................................................173 3. The Indian Navy.............................................................191 4. The Indian Air Force.....................................................215 5. Indian Coast Guard—

A Multi-Mission Organisation...................................239 6.

Who’s Who in Indian Defence...................................249

7. Defence Production......................................................271 8. Defence Research and Development (DRDO)..............................................................................289

Homeland Security 1. Internal Security Scenario in India..........................301

Major General Umong Sethi (Retd)

2. The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces.....................................307

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

Asian Who’s Who: Leadership Profiles.................................................................361

6 REGIONAL BALANCE

1. GDP & Military Expenditure.......................................401 2.

Asia-Pacific [Indo-Pacific] Developments.............407

Brigadier Rahul Bhonsle (Retd)

3. Central and South Asia (Casa).................................413 4. East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (Eapa).............437 5.

West Asia and North Africa (Wana).......................489

6. Equipment & Hardware Specifications:

An Overview...................................................................533

3. India’s Coastal Security...............................................319

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

22 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

401

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

INDIA

Letters to the Editor It (Military Yearbook) is a valuable book.

Dr Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan Second President of India The Guide Publications of New Delhi have brought out the Military Yearbook. It is useful to have suitably compiled information in one volume. I commend the efforts of the Publishers.

Shri Lal Bahadur Shastri Second Prime Minister of India

The Honourable Vice President of India has acknowledged with thanks your letter dated July 2, 2018, along with a publication ‘SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-2018’.

N. Yuvraj PS to Vice President of India July 4, 2018

I am desired to acknowledge with thanks, the receipt of your letter dated June 27, 2018 addressed to the Prime Minister along with a book titled SP’s Military Yearbook.

Chandresh Sona Deputy Secretary to Prime Minister of India

Military Advisor to Chief of Army Staff, Indian Army August 31, 2018

Thank you very much for sending me a copy of SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-2018. The book is very informative and an excellent compilation of current military related issues.

Lt General D. Anbu Vice Chief of the Army Staff & Colonel of The SIKH LI Regiment & Honorary Colonel Commandant, The Bombay Sappers, Indian Army June 28, 2018

“Bravo et merci pour le belouvrage. Bien cordialement” “Congratulations and thank you for the beautiful book. Best regards” (translation).

Chief of Staff of the Army Staff, France

Thank you very much for sending me copy of the SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-2018. It makes an interesting and worthwhile reading. My compliments to the editorial team for a well compiled and informative edition.

Lt General Surinder Singh General Officer Commanding-in-Chief Western Command, Indian Army

October 5, 2018

July 18, 2018

We would like to thank you for the copy of SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-2018.

HJ Mohd Ridzuan Bin Hamzah First Admiral for Chief of Navy, Royal Malaysian Navy

Thank you for sending the SP’s Military Yearbook 20172018. My compliments to the editorial team for an excellent compilation. I am sanguine that the book will professionally benefit military leaders at all levels.

Lt General Ranbir Singh General Officer Commanding-in-Chief & Colonel of the Dogra Regiment & Dogra Scouts Northern Command Indian Army

August 24, 2018

October 8, 2018

SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-18 published by SP Guide Publications offers a credible insight into the Indian Armed Forces. Detailed research and analysis is evident, by the distinguished authors and the editorial team in presenting a well compiled and thought provoking Military Yearbook. It is a must read for serving officers and the strategic community.

Brigadier Mukesh Aggarwal

24 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

July 31, 2018

Thank you for forwarding me a copy of the SP’s Military Yearbook. No doubt, it is a knowledge enhancer and source of quality professional information. I have been benefitted

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Letters to the Editor

immensely. My compliments to you and your team for the commendable effort.

Lt General A.P. Singh Director General Army Air Defence & Colonel Commandant Corps of Army Air Defence Indian Army July 23, 2018

I write to you to convey my compliments to your team in SP Guide Publications for the concise presentation of wide ranging issues in the Military Yearbook. DGMT has been a regular subscriber to SP Guide Publications since 2011 & has only gained from our literary association. The comprehensive details covered in SP Publications encompass varied topics from military domain, geostrategic issues to the latest in the military technology which are enriching & make invigorating read.

Lt General Alok Kler Director General of Military Training Indian Army June 28, 2019

Thank you for sending me a copy of SP’s Military Yearbook 20172018. I have perused the book and was extremely impressed with the content and presentation, both of which are of a very high quality. Please convey my congratulations to your editorial team for a wonderful job.

Vice Admiral A.K. Chawla Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief, Southern Naval Command, Indian Navy September 14, 2018

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

We are in receipt of the SP’s Military Yearbook 2017-2018. At the very outset, kindly accept our sincere compliments of such deliberate and exhaustive effort put in by ‘TEAM SP’ in compilation of articles on relevant and contemporary topics. 45th edition of the Yearbook is extremely invigorative and thought provoking. You endeavour to crystal gaze geopolitical, defence and technological issues as also encapsulation of the perspectives is indeed praiseworthy. I am sanguine that PP Directorate will find the contents of the Yearbook extremely beneficial.

‘A thoroughly professional work!’

Major General A.K. Channan Additional Director General, Indian Army August 1, 2018

Thank you so much for sending the SP’s Military Yearbook 20172018. The Yearbook is indeed very comprehensive, informative and useful for military commanders at all levels. On behalf of the Army Commander please convey our compliments to your editorial team.

Major General V.K. Singh MGGS (Ops) Headquarter Southern Command, Indian Army Thanks for sending a copy of SP’s Military Yearbook 201718 consisting of articles on Defence/Military issues in Asia, Pacific and the Middle East. I have found the book to be very interesting and informative. I convey my best wished to you and your team for their future endeavours.

Rajeev Singh Thakur Joint Secretary (Army) Ministry of Defence

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 25

l Editorial l

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2019 4 6th

i s su e

Editorial SP Guide Publications SP Guide Publications was founded in 1964 by its Founder, Editor and Publisher, Shri S.P. Baranwal. SP’s Military Yearbook was launched in 1965 as a reference book on information for the armed forces on land, at sea and in the air. In its early years, the Yearbook was acknowledged

by President Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan, Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri and several eminent National leaders. From a couple of hundred pages in the sixties and seventies, over five decades the SP’s Military Yearbook has grown to a hardbound edition of nearly 700 pages today. SP’s Military Yearbook 2019 has been improved enormously to make the contents focused to meet the needs of its readers. The yearbook has been made relevant for the armed forces of India and the region, CAPF and police. The contents have been curated keeping in mind specific needs of policy makers, defence and homeland security industry, academia and think-tanks in India and abroad and aspirants for central services and armed forces preparing for entrance examinations. The articles have been grouped into sections on Strategy and Perspective, Business, Technology, Indian Defence Forces, Asia’s Who’s Who and Regional Balance. The contents have been exhaustively updated and extensively supported with info-graphics.

India’s March to its Rightful Place India is the sixth largest economy in the world, aspiring to become the third largest by 2030 i.e. 5 trillion-dollar (USD) economy by 2025 and 10 trillion-dollar by 2032. On its way to find its rightful place in the comity of nations, India must contend with multiple security challenges both in the

26 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

A set of kind words from Dr S. Radhakrishnan, Second President of India, addressed to our Founder Editor-in-Chief, in March 1966.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 27

l Editorial l military and non-military dimensions. For the country to grow, and its people to prosper, India must be strong and secure.

Five Major Trends Influencing Future Global Order There are five major trends influencing the overall future of global order; one – accelerating technological change; two – the fourth industrial revolution; three – changing age structures – birth rates falling far below replacement rates in developed countries; four – movement of global economic power from the Atlantic to the Pacific; and five – changing pattern of globalisation. The global security environment too is changing. There is triangular polarisation taking shape, with China on the one hand and USA on the other, and Russia emerging as the third pole.

Multi-polar World – Competition and Conflict

The cover of Military Yearbook 1965

The polarisation we witness today is less moral, and more political and commercial. In the resultant disorder, countries are pushing to extend their influence through small scale conflicts across the world. In this edition of the military yearbook, we have added a chapter that lists the ten conflicts to watch, particularly from the point of view of India and this region. Now in its eighteenth year, the war in Afghanistan continues to simmer. After over a yearlong negotiation the United States of America-Taliban talks have failed. The competition for influence in Afghanistan amongst USA, China, Russia, Iran, Pakistan, India and other regional neighbours continues. Despite some actions taken by international organisations like IMF, FATF and others, Pakistan continues to use terror as an instrument of state policy against India and Afghanistan. The stakes in Balochistan’s separatist movement has gone higher due to development of the China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC). There have been some deadly attacks through 2018-19 threatening Chinese interests in Balochistan, raising concerns on China getting drawn into local security affairs of Pakistan.

In the decade long war in Syria, the pull-out of American troops from Syria has increased uncertainty about the role of other external parties to the conflict including Iran, Israel, Russia, and Turkey, as well as the future of internal players. In Iraq, instability persists over sectarian tensions threatening the Iraqi government and concerns about Islamic State reverting to its insurgency ancestry, having lost control of territory that it had secured in Iraq and Syria. Iran and Saudi Arabia have got embroiled into a proxy war supporting opposing sides in Yemen’s civil war – giving regional dimension to an internal conflict.

To India’s East, China’s claim over the South China Sea, estimated to have 11 billion barrels of untapped oil, 190 trillion cubic feet of natural gas and fishing areas, is conflicting with competing claims of Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Taiwan and Vietnam. The United States gets drawn into the conflict as it challenges China’s assertive territorial claims and land reclamation efforts by conducting FONOPs and bolstering support for Southeast Asian partners. In the Korean Peninsula, in early 2018, North and South Korea began a diplomatic rapprochement leading to a joint statement pledging to work toward denuclearisation of the Korean Peninsula and an official end to war between the two countries. There has also been a shift in US policy towards North Korea being steered by President Trump, the contours of which are uncertain, as indeed China’s reactions, in the times to come.

China’s Belt and Road Initiative – Grand Scale posing Great Challenge China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) has entered its sixth year, with growing resistance and scepticism amongst countries about China’s financing and strategic intent. China held the 2nd Belt and Road Forum in April 2019 and a joint statement issued at the end of the meeting highlighted that the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) should respect openness, transparency and sovereignty of nations.

Marvelous in its scale and sophistication, the BRI is envisaged to cover 65 countries, 62 per cent of the world population, 30 per cent of global GDP and 75 per cent of energy reserves. It’s a visualisation of a new world order connected by terrestrial, maritime and digital silk routes. The BRI has serious technological, economic and strategic implications for India and the rest of the world.

China’s Newfound Confidence in Military Power China released its tenth Defence Whitepaper on July 24, 2019, and it has been analysed in this year-

28 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

l editorial l

2019 I S S U E

Dassault_DGI_Tranquility_220x275_2019.indd 1

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2019 4 6 TH

I S S U E

4 6T H

SP's MYB Cover 2019 Final.indd 1

• ENORMOUSLY IMPROVED • EXHAUSTIVELY UPDATED • EXTENSIVE INCLUSION OF INFOGRAPHICS

SP’s

F-21: For India.

From India.

Bringing Russia into the frame of ‘Indo-Pacific’ In early September 2019, Prime Minister Narendra Modi visited Vladivostok in Russia as the Chief Guest for the Fifth Eastern Economic Forum and participated in the 20th India-Russia Annual Summit. Two exciting features that stand-out in this visit are; one, a new approach to India-Russia relations through the Indo-Pacific, and second, reinvigorating a time-honoured relationship with Russia. The two countries agreed to set-up a sea link between Vladivostok, the capital of Russian Far East, and Chennai. The new sea-link reduces the transit time from India to Russia substantially, more importantly it brings Russia into India’s frame of ‘Indo-Pacific’ and ‘Act East’ as it connects the two countries through the Malacca Strait and notably South China Sea. China is obviously not pleased with the move.

India’s broader strategy of global power balancing became apparent from Prime Minister Modi’s speech at the Shangri La Dialogue in Singapore in June last year, where he emphasised the importance of India’s relations with Russia, China and US and highlighted “the need for a strong multi-polar world order for dealing with the challenges of our times.” From a security perspective, almost 60 per cent of India’s military inventory is of Russian origin. India’s defence preparedness is affected by the US decision to link its sanctions on Russia and Iran with India. Countering America’s Adversaries through Sanctions Act (CAATSA) that gained attention in India due to its potential to disrupt import of the Russian S-400 anti-missile defence system is a case in point.

SP’s

Military

Yearbook

book. Clearly China is keen to position itself as the pivot for “world peace,” but with clear red lines defined about its core “sovereignty, security, and development interests.” There is an endeavour to balance peaceful intentions and great power aspirations. On the one hand there is newfound confidence in China’s military power, consequent to technological advancements and structural changes in its command and control, as China asserts that “configuration of strategic power is becoming more balanced”. At the same time China acknowledges risks from technological surprise and growing technological generation gap. It recognises PLA’s lagging mechanisation and states that China must develop capabilities moving from ‘informationisation’ to ‘intelligent warfare’.

Different, inside and out. Made in India. Made for India.

The F-21 integrates India into the world’s largest fighter aircraft ecosystem and strengthens the country’s path to an advanced airpower future.

Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

JAYANT BARANWAL

© 2019 Lockheed Martin Corporation

04/04/2019 08:41

Job Number: FG18-23209_126 Publication: SP’s Military Yearbook Visual: F-21 Country: India

Live: NA Trim: H: 181 mm W: 110 mm Bleed: 5 mm all sides Gutter: None Resolution: 300 DPI Density: 300 Color Space: CMYK

Designer: Kevin Gray Communicator: Ryan Alford Due Date: 8/08/19

The cover of the current edition of SP’s Military Yearbook 2019

US and India – A Shared Vision US and India have a shared vision of the strategic future of Indo-Pacific. India is a key partner in the US ability to support a stable balance of power in the Indo-Pacific. Military and economic ties between the two countries have grown over the past decade. Foundational agreements have been signed; the End-Use Monitoring Agreement in 2009, allowing US inspectors to verify the location of US supplied material; the Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA) in 2016, permitting both country’s militaries to carry out re-supply or repairs on each other’s bases; the Communications Compatibility and Security Agreement (COMCASA) in 2018, enabling both countries to transfer secure communications and data equipment in India. In 2016, the US recognised India as a ‘Major Defence Partner’ allowing India to procure more advanced and sensitive platforms and technologies from the US. India has also been granted a Strategic Trade Authorization (STA-1) waiver, which significantly eases bilateral business between both countries. The India Rapid Reaction Cell in Pentagon, Defence Technology Trade Initiative (DTTI), and the India Innovation Growth Programme are some of the mechanisms of cooperation put in place recently.

From the Shores of Africa to the Shores of Americas India’s relations with the West Asia and North Africa, and Central Asian Republics are increasing in significance. The emerging relations of these countries with US, China, and Russia are of strategic concern for India. To the East, ASEAN forms the keystone of India’s Act East policy and IndoPacific vision. India places ASEAN region as central to the wider Indo-Pacific. This helps India and ASEAN to have multiple options for engagement and opens new possibilities for cooperation.

These regions have been covered at some length in separate sections in the yearbook.

India-Pakistan the Controlled War in 2019 In February 2019, India and Pakistan were engaged in a controlled war. The worst terror attack in the history of Kashmir struck on February 14, 2019, and India retaliated on February 26, 2019, with surgical air strikes at the JeM training camp in Jabba Top near Balakot. In a clear demonstra-

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 29

23/09/1

l Editorial l tion of strong political will, the armed forces were given the freedom to decide the force, time and space, to execute the mission. Pakistan Air Force retaliated to India’s strike on the terrorist camp at Balakot, a day later - February 27, 2019, with fighter aircraft bombing targets along the Line of Control. In the ensuing aerial combat, a Pakistani fighter aircraft was shot down by India, while India lost a fighter aircraft, whose pilot ejected and was taken into custody by Pakistan, and later released. This was arguably a manifestation of Pakistan endeavour to seamlessly hybridise sub conventional, conventional and tactical nuclear weapons to limit the time and space for conventional war. India’s response by striking at the terrorist camp near Balakot, succeeded in calling the bluff on Pakistan’s nuclear sabre-rattling and dispelled Pakistan’s misplaced notions that their nuclear weapons can deny India conventional response options.

Assertive India Clearly India has shed its tag of being a soft state and demonstrated much greater assertiveness on security issues in recent times. In the 2017 face off with PLA at Doklam, India showed firmness. Post-Uri 2016 and Pulwama 2019, India has taken decisive military action against terrorists in Pakistan. In March 2019 India displayed potential for space warfare. India has come of age and entered the big league. It needs to further strengthen its security policy, structures and war fighting capabilities to be ambitious, bold, responsible and unambiguous about its intent.

PM Modi announces the Chief of Defence Staff Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced the decision to appoint the Chief of Defence Staff during his Independence Day speech on August 15, 2019.

On August 15, 2019, Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced the decision to appoint the Chief of Defence Staff. The Government has set up a committee under the NSA to define the charter of the CDS. The post-Kargil Group of Ministers had recommended four functions for the CDS; first – provide single point of military advise to the Government, second – administer the strategic forces, third – enhance efficiency of planning through intra and inter service prioritisation and fourth – achieve jointness. The CDS should be empowered to draw up service budgets and prioritise acquisition. To do so he must be co-opted into the process of defence allocation of the budget.

To be able to translate political objectives to military capability, the CDS must be co-opted in the evolution of the National Security Strategy. The logical next step must be the creation of integrated commands. The CDS should be made responsible for outlining the roadmap for integrated commands. The MoD must be truly integrated with staff at all levels, drawn from the Armed forces – combat and logisticians, IAS, IFS, Scientists, Engineers and Accountants. Making further progress towards integration and jointness, in early May 2019 MoD announced the formation of Armed Forces Special Operations Division (AFSOD), Defence Space Agency (DSA) and the Defence Cyber Agency (DCA).

Indian Army Reforms In 2018-19 the Indian Army initiated much needed reforms; restructuring of existing field formations for operational expediency; making the staff functioning more focused at the Army Headquarters; and issues related to ‘Human Resources’. The changes within Army HQ stand approved by the Ministry of Defence and are under implementation. The changes in the field formations are being test bedded in the current training year and their final shape is to be formalised thereafter. The details have been covered in a separate chapter in this yearbook.

For Army Air Defence, the indigenous Akash missile is being inducted for a semi-mobile role.

Indian Army Modernisation – Opportunities for Industry Indian Army’s modernisation programme is making progress, albeit slowly. For the mechanised forces, the Cabinet Committee on Security has sanctioned the procurement of 464 T-90MS tanks.

The Army aims to develop a Future Ready Combat Vehicle (FRCV) to replace its fleet of over 2,200 T-72M/M1 MBTs by 2027. Six Indian companies submitted their project reports for the army’s Future Infantry Combat Vehicle (FICV) programme which was initiated in 2008-09, but abandoned three years later and resurrected once again in 2014. The FICV project is a ‘test case’ for the ‘Make in India’ to produce 2,610 FICVs. For Artillery, the K9 Vajra-T, an indigenous version of the Korean K9 Thunder, self-propelled gun of 155mm/52 calibre is already under induction. 100 K9 Vajra systems are to be delivered in 42 months. In the induction of the 145 M777 ultra light howitzers, 25 guns will come in ready condition while the remaining 120 will be assembled, integrated

30 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

l editorial l and tested in India by BAE Systems and Mahindra Defence. Indian army has expressed interest in the Raytheon/Bofors XM982 Excalibur GPS/Inertial Navigation-guided extended-range 155mm projectiles using the Modular Artillery Charge Systems. Ordnance Factories Board (OFB) has produced a 45-calibre 155mm howitzer based on the Transfer of Technology (ToT) obtained from Bofors in the 1980s. The Defence Acquisition Council has approved manufacture of 114 pieces of 155mm/45-calibre howitzers with the option to acquire another 400, provided the prototypes successfully meet the army’s GSQR in user trials. For Army Air Defence, the indigenous Akash missile is being inducted for a semi-mobile role. The first regiment of Akash is already operational. For air defence of mechanised units, it has been planned to acquire medium-range SAM (MRSAM) and quick reaction SAM (QRSAM) systems. MRSAM will be based on the same system being developed by DRDO in collaboration with Israel for Indian Navy and Indian Air Force.

Meanwhile, the army is looking for successors to L-70 and the ZU-23-2. For the Infantry and its frontline soldiers, the SiG 716 Assault Rifle is being procured as replacement for the INSAS standard issue assault rifle. The most current version of the AK-47 assault rifle, the AK-203 shall be the new standard issue rifle for the Indian Army. Over 7,50,000 of these rifles will be manufactured by a joint venture between the Ordnance Factory, and Kalashnikov, designated as India Russia Rifles Private Ltd (IRRPL). A joint venture between Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) and Russian Helicopters is going to build 200 Kamov Ka-226 light multi-role helicopters for the Army Aviation and IAF. To get added punch the Army Aviation is expected to receive six limited series production Light Combat Helicopters from HAL and some Apache Attack Helicopters.

Indian Navy Modernisation through Indigenisation For Indian Navy’s modernisation plans, construction of the 40,000 tonnes Indigenous Aircraft Carrier (IAC-1) “Vikrant” is likely to be commissioned by 2020. All three Project 17 stealth frigates built by Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL) have been commissioned. Project 17A comprising seven stealth frigates with advanced features and technology upgrades, will follow-on after Project 17. The construction of Project 17A will be undertaken between MDL and GRSE. Project 15A comprising three follow-on Delhi class Guided Missile Destroyers have been inducted. An additional four ships of the same class to be designated as Project 15B are to be constructed at MDL. The Government has approved acquisition of two follow on ships of Project 1135.6 from Russia and construction of two ships at Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL). The DAC has given the go-ahead to GSL for construction of 12 Mines Counter Measures Vessels (MCMV), under the Strategic Partnership model. The project is to replace 12 ageing Pondicherry and Karwar class minesweepers by 2020. For the submarine fleet, INS Kalvari, an attack stealth submarine was commissioned on December 14, 2017. Delivery of all six boats is expected to be completed by 2021. Project 75 (India) for six advanced stealth submarines was resuscitated as the Government promulgated an RFI in early 2017. The project is now in RFP stage. For the naval aviation arm, the search is on for a Multi-Role Carrier Borne Fighters (MRCBF) for IAC-1 and its follow-on. Acceptance of Necessity for procurement of 111 Naval Utility Helicopters (NUH) was accorded by the DAC under the Strategic Partnership model.

INS Khanderi, second of the Indian Navy’s six Kalvari-class submarines being built in India was commissioned by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh on September 28, 2019.

Big Ticket Modernisation of the Indian Air Force The IAF has embarked on a comprehensive modernisation programme to bring about a complete transformation in its operational capabilities. The delivery of the Rafale jets has commenced in September 2019. By the end of 2019, the IAF would receive the full complement of 272 Su-30 MKI aircraft, which includes 42 for the Strategic Force Command. Orders are likely to be placed on HAL for another 18 aircraft taking the total to 290. Orders have been placed for 40 LCA Tejas Mk I aircraft, 20 in Initial Operational Clearance Configuration and 20 in Final Operational Clearance Configuration, which are expected to be inducted into the IAF by 2020. With another 83 Mk IA, the total number of Tejas will go up to 123. DRDO has commenced work on the development of an indigenous Advanced Medium Combat Aircraft (AMCA) which will be a fifth-generation platform. 13 Lockheed Martin C-130J-30 Super Hercules aircraft have been acquired including one accident replacement. The DAC has cleared the acquisition of 56 Airbus C295, a twin-turboprop tactical transport aircraft to replace the ageing fleet of Avro HS-748. Induction of 15 CH-47F Chinook heavy lift helicopters from Boeing commenced on March 25, 2019, and 22 AH-64E Apache

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Defence Minister Rajnath Singh in front of the newly handed over Rafale aircraft. After the ceremony, the Defence Minister flew the Rafale on October 8, 2019.

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 31

l Editorial l Acknowledgements

Several distinguished authors and industry experts contributed to make this edition of SP’s Military Yearbook a quality product. Pages 8, 10, 12 and 14 will give a quick reference to these writers of eminence.

Our special thanks to Lt General Subrata Saha, former Deputy Chief of the Indian Army and member of National Security Advisory Board (NSAB) for his role in enabling significant enhancements to the contents of this edition of the book in accordance with the aspirations and the overall thought process of SP’s Leadership. His knowledge, intellect and fresh ideas facilitated the development and expansion of the scope of SP’s Military Yearbook.

A sincere thanks to Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha, former Deputy Chief of the Indian Air Force and AOC-inC, Central Command for enabling important and substantial improvements to the contents and for his editorial contributions.

As usual, our whole team, including our research team, at SP Guide Publications whose dedication and hard work enables an updated edition to be published every year.

Our team of Sr. Technical Editors who have made notable contributions: Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd) Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd) Lt General P.C. Katoch (Retd) Rear Admiral Sushil Ramsay (Retd)

helicopters commenced on September 3, 2019. The DAC has cleared the purchase of the first lot of 15 LCH for the IAF. The Government of India has initiated a move to acquire Predator C Avenger drones from the US.

Expanding Indian Coast Guard From a small beginning with seven ships at the time of its inception in 1978, the Indian Coast Guard has made rapid progress through its development plans. As of January 2019, the Coast Guard assets comprise 18 Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs), three Pollution Control Vessels (PCVs), 41 Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs), 59 Interceptor Boats (IBs), 18 Hovercraft, 39 Dornier aircraft, 19 Chetak helicopters and four Advanced Light Helicopters (ALH). The various types of units envisaged for induction include Offshore Patrol Vessels, Fast Patrol Vessels and Interceptor Boats. In addition, aircraft such as multi-mission maritime aircraft and twin-engine heavy helicopters are under consideration.

Internal security and Central Armed Police Forces While most of the insurgencies in India have been resolved or contained, Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) and Nagaland, continue to be challenging. The Maoist Left Wing extremism across several states, is somewhat spatially contained now, but needs resolution at the earliest. Islamic State (IS) has surfaced both in the North and South – this would require a much higher order of synergy and sophistication amongst the agencies contending the threat. India’s five Central Armed Police Forces (CAPF) are also in the process of modernisation and expansion.

Integrating Jammu & Kashmir In yet another demonstration of strong political will, on August 5, 2019, the Government of India revoked Article 370 and introduced a bill in the Parliament for bifurcation of J&K into two Union Territories; J&K with legislature and Ladakh without legislature. Consequently, Article 35A that allowed the J&K government to decide on ‘permanent residents’ with some special rights automatically stands scrapped. Effectively the fragile bond of Article 370, has been substituted by full integration of J&K with the Union of India. This decision is perhaps the finest tribute to the thousands of security forces, political leaders/workers, and innocent civilians who have lost their lives for the cause of integration of J&K with India.

SP’s Military Yearbook 2019 We wish our readers an enjoyable reading experience with interesting strategic insight on international and regional geopolitics, national security developments, and the business of defence and technology. Sections on Indian defence forces and regional balance provide a glimpse of opportunities for the defence and homeland security industry in India and abroad.

Happy Reading!

Clarifications: Most countries are reluctant to part with information relating to the size and strength of their armed forces and equipment specifications. Thus sincere efforts have been made to garner information from the most authentic sources. Despite this, it is quite possible that variations may crop up in some cases.

Articles in this volume contain the personal opinions of the contributors and do not reflect the views of the publishers or the Indian Government, including the Ministry of Defence.

Suggestions for improvements will be appreciated and carried out to the extent possible and practically viable.

32 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Jayant Baranwal Editor-in-Chief

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

Weapons, Equipment & Vehicles

REGIONAL BALANCE

special colour feature WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

CONTENTS Copyright © 2019

SP Guide Publications

Credits

C on t en t s

Publishers extend special thanks to the companies who have provided the contents and respective photographs for this feature.

Also gladly acknowledge their extensive support and co-operation in formulating this feature with maximum possible up-to-date and lively contents.

FFV Ordnance................................................................................................................ 34

Printed in India at Pragati Offset, Hyderabad

Navantia......................................................................................................................... 39

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES TECHNOLOGY

Jayant Baranwal Editor-in-Chief & Publisher SP Guide Publications Pvt Ltd New Delhi, India

W EA P O N S , E Q U I P M E N T & V E H I C LE S

IAI.................................................................................................................................... 36 MBDA............................................................................................................................. 38

SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD

Nexter............................................................................................................................. 41

Corporate Office A-133, Arjun Nagar Opposite Defence Colony, New Delhi 110003, India.

Phones : + 91 11 24644693, 24644763, 24620130, 24658322 Fax: +91 11 24647093

Rafael.............................................................................................................................. 42

BUSINESS

Concept

Thales............................................................................................................................. 44 Yulista.............................................................................................................................. 46

INDIAN DEFENCE

The publisher shall not be liable in the event of incidental or consequential damages in connection with, or arising out of, the furnishing or use of the information, associated instructions/claims of productivity gains.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

All rights reserved. The information published herein is for the personal use of the reader and may not be used for any other activity. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means – digital, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording or otherwise – without the prior written approval of the Editor-in-Chief.

E-mail: info@spsmilitaryyearbook.com Order: order@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 33

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Websites: www.spguidepublications.com www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

FFV Ordnance

F

FV Ordnance, part of the global defence and security company Saab, has been for decades one of the world’s leading suppliers of man-portable support weapons. The shoulder-fired weapon system Carl-Gustaf is the flagship of FFV Ordnance´s product family. The system has a long and successful history, and is today in use in more than 40 countries worldwide. This includes India, where it is in use with the Indian Army. The system offers the soldier various types of ammunition, ranging from armour penetration and anti-personnel to ammunition for built-up areas, as well as special features like smoke and illumination.

Through its wide variety of ammunition available, Carl-Gustaf is a weapon system capable of handling multiple tactical situations, bridging the gap between full scale operations and low intensity conflicts, and providing the modern warfighter with unprecedented flexibility and capability on the battlefield.

The well-proven Carl-Gustaf M3 meets all the basic requirements of being a multi-role, robust, light weapon that is easy to use – in both day and night operations.

Combat in Built-up Areas FFV Ordnance now has more than 30 years of experience with man-portable weapons intended for use by units engaged in urban warfare. The AT4CS HEAT system has a warhead with increased behind-armour effect, which is sought after primarily for engagement of light-armoured vehicles.

34 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Carl-Gustaf M4 manportable shoulderlaunched multi-role weapon system

The Four Areas of Ammunition Carl-Gustaf ammunition can be divided into the following four areas: • Anti-armour • Anti-structure • Soft Targets • Support

Brand New Ammunition The HEAT 655 CS, launched in December 2013, is the first Carl-Gustaf ammunition that is fully optimized for firing from confined spaces, i.e. from inside a building.

This is an important requirement in modern, urban conflicts. The HEAT 655 CS adds to the large existing inventory of ammunition that is already available for every kind of operation, making the Carl-Gustaf the true multi-mission land combat system.

Other new capabilities include the ASM (AntiStructure Munition) 509 and the MT (Multi-Target) 756.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE Further Developments for Future Needs YOUR COPY NOW! FFVGET Ordnance is continuously working to make www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

IAI The Year of Heron TP

T

he proliferation of drones in conflict areas highlight the role of large unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) have in modern conflicts. The USA, China and Israel are currently the sole providers of large UAS, platforms that offer long mission endurance, mission versatility and longer missions. One of the largest, most advanced systems is the Heron TP from Israel Aerospace Industries (IAI).

Equipped with the most advanced avionics, line of sight and satellite communications and multiple mission payloads, Heron TP climbs up to 45,000 ft, high above commercial air traffic routes, where it can operate on missions spanning over 30 hours, carrying 1,000 kg of payloads. The robust structural design features double boom, twin-tail design that are most suitable for such missions, offering better antennae separation,

36 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Heron TP is a multi-mission and multi-payload RPAS integrating cuttingedge technologies from IAI and other sensor manufacturers

optimal coverage, and a stable platform necessary for precision signal measurements.

New Mission Capabilities Heron TP is well configured to carry multiple payloads in a large internal payload bay, universal payload attachments and underwing hardpoints. Such payloads include electro-optical systems, SAR and maritime search radars, COMINT and ELINT systems and persistent surveillance systems designed for operation from standoff range.

In addition to the payloads integrated into the aircraft Heron TP can also carry mission payloads in underwing pods. Such EO pods can deliver in real-time a 3D image of the ground scene, other sensors designed for persistent surveillance, provide continuous cover-

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

MBDA

M

BDA is unique in the guided missile sector in its ability to meet the missile system requirements of all three operational domains: air, land and sea. This offers benefits to customers keen to maximise supply and servicing logistics as well as missile system modularity. MBDA weapons such as MICA and Meteor combined with precision ground strike weapons such as the multi-target Brimstone and the long range SCALP / Storm Shadow are capable of ensuring air dominance long into the future. The IAF’s Mirage 2000 fleet is being upgraded and it features MBDA’s MICA missile with its IR and RF seeker variants to deal with short to beyond visual range air combat.

India’s Jaguar bombers also stand to have their battle capability significantly enhanced by MBDA’s ASRAAM missiles. With 36 Rafale now contracted, MBDA will be playing a major role in maximizing the combat capability of this new generation aircraft. The threat of air attack is increasing. Low cost cruise missiles, manned and un-manned aircraft and the appearance of new ranges of ballistic missiles are threats that MBDA is best qualified to counter. Here the company leads with its range of ground and naval based air defence systems using the Mistral and CAMM missiles. Mistral, with its unmatched success rate of over 96%, during all firings, has been selected by many forces around the world and has been offered to the Indian armed forces to meet their VSHORAD requirement. Working with HAL, integration of the Mistral ATAM system on the Dhruv helicopter and the Light Combat Helicopter (LCH) has been very successfully completed. CAMM

38 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

MICA multi-mission air-to-air missile system on Rafale fighter

marks the next step in short range air defence, with its next-generation active radar seeker, two-way datalink and soft-launch technologies, it has an unrivalled ability to intercept multiple air threats across 360 degrees, combined with easy platform integration and the latest in maintenance-free design.

Coastal and blue water operations require an effective anti-ship capability. MBDA is already supplying the Indian Navy’s new Scorpene submarines with its Exocet SM39 missile system. Similarly, other versions of the world-famous Exocet family are being proposed along with Marte for a number of Indian maritime aircraft requirements (both fixed and rotary wing).

The concept of partnership with Indian industry is key to MBDA’s long-term strategy. In fact, MBDA’s links with Indian industry go back some 50 years thanks to its partnership with BDL currently manufacturing the MILAN missile under license for the Indian Army. Together MBDA and Larsen and Toubro formed a joint venture (JV) in 2017 to deliver Make in India programmes for the Indian Armed Forces. Capabilities already offered by the JV include the Indian developed ATGM5 (the only 5th generation anti-tank missile in the world), the Medium Range Anti-Ship Missile (MRAShM) and Sea Ceptor (using CAMM) for the Short Range Surface to Air Missile (SRSAM) requirement. •

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

(Navantia is co-designer of the six Scorpene submarines), Venezuela and Turkey.This experience, together with a continuous commitment to innovation, the use of the latest technologies and with a highly qualified work force, makes Navantia one of the most competitive companies in the world.

Navantia’s bet for the internationalization is a reality, reinforced by five commercial delegations on the key markets of the company: Norway, Turkey, Persian Gulf, United States and India. Besides, Navantia Australia is a subsidiary company with several locations along the country.

Australia is one of his principal clients, for whom has built two LHD amphibious ships, 12 fast landing crafts, and provided design and transfer of technology for 3 AWD destroyers. Besides these programs, it is necessary to highlight the contract for the building

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 39

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Navantia is building four S-80 submarines for the Spanish Navy

REGIONAL BALANCE

N

avantia, the Spanish shipbuilder, 100% owned by the Spanish Government, is a world reference in the design, construction and integration of state-of-the-art war ships, as well as civil ships, offshore structures, ship repairs & modernizations. It also has a sound capability in the design and manufacture of Integrated Platform Management Systems, Fire Control Systems, Command and Control systems, Propulsion Plants and through life support for all its products. Even though its main line of activity is in the naval field, Navantia designs and manufactures systems for the Army.

Navantia has a large experience in building the most technologically advanced ships like frigates, amphibious ships, patrol vessels, and submarines.

In the last years, it has supplied ships for different navies: Norway, Australia, Spain, Chile, Malaysia, India

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Navantia

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

NEXTER

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Creating references in defense

– The Trajan® towed artillery system incorporates CAESAR®’s combat-proven 115mm/52 caliber gun with a towed chassis, providing all the flexibility of towed system.

– The 105LG1, the lightest 105mm gun worldwide is designed for intervention and rapid reaction forces. With a maximum range of 17 km, it can be towed by a light vehicle, transported by an average helicopter (PUMA or Bell 212 type) or parachuted by a tactical transport aircraft (C130-Hercules type). This extreme mobility, thanks to its low weight allows it to be deployed on any theater of operation as complex as it is. Combat Proven and qualified by the French army, the gun of 105LG1 equips today six armies around the world: Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Belgium, Canada and Colombia. A contract has recently been signed with Malaysia to procure a whole artillery battalion of 105LG1. •

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 41

INDIAN DEFENCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

CAESAR®: Artillery system of the 21st century

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS

N

exter, a company of KNDS, is one of the world’s leading in land defense systems group with a large range of products and services. Nexter’s expertise includes armored vehicles (VBCI, TITUS®), artillery systems (105LG1, TRAJAN®, CAESAR® family) but also land, naval and aeronautic weapon systems.

Since delivering its first artillery gun in 1764, Nexter has acquired extensive know-how in artillery. Systems developed by the company have always set the standard, and this remains the case with CAESAR®.

Those two centuries of experience have established Nexter as a leader in artillery systems, enabling the company to offer a full range of products, from guns and ammunition to ballistic computers. Nexter’s range of solutions also covers integrated training, maintenance support services, and the complete operational/logistics environment of an artillery battalion.

The range of Nexter artillery guns, which are in service in several armies and combat proven, includes:

– CAESAR® truck-mounted artillery system equipped with a 155mm/52 caliber gun.

Thanks to its extraordinary mobility, superior firepower, and “shoot and scoot” capability, CAESAR® is currently in production and in service in several armies. The CAESAR® is now available on a 6x6 or 8x8 chassis. The CAESAR® 8x8 variant, featuring increased payload has been awarded the contract to replace Danish M109 Artillery systems.

RAFAEL The Perfect Partner for India’s Defense Needs

Expertise in a Wide Range of Defense Solutions Rafael Advanced Defense Systems Ltd, designs, develops, manufactures, supplies and supports a wide range of high-tech defense systems for air, land, sea and space applications. Tailored to its customer’s specific needs, Rafael provides state-of-the-art, yet cost-effective systems and weapons in the fields of missiles, air defense, naval systems, target acquisition, EW, C4ISR, communication networks, data links, electro-optic payloads, add-on armour, active protection systems, combat vehicle upgrading, mine-field breaching, border and coastal protection systems, breaching munitions and much more.

42 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Advanced Air-to-Air and Air-to-Surface weapon systems.

Rafael - The Company Rafael was established as part of Israel’s Ministry of Defense more than 70 years ago and was incorporated in 2002. Currently, 8% of its sales are invested in R&D. Rafael’s know-how is embedded in almost all Israel Defense Forces (IDF) systems in operation today.

The company has a special relationship with the IDF, developing products according to the soldiers’ specific requirements in the field. Rafael has also formed partnerships with civilian counterparts to develop commercial applications based on its proprietary technology. Rafael has created partnerships with companies in Israel and with leading aerospace and defense compa-

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Thales A reliable partner to the Indian Armed Forces

I

ndia’s economy possesses extraordinary potential across sectors and provides immense opportunities for business partnerships and bilateral investment projects. The country is aspiring to become a 5 trillion dollar economy by 2024 with the defence sector expected to play a major role within the overall ambit of ‘Make in India’. This is expected to position India as a major defence manufacturing hub as well as an exporter. The government’s recent initiatives and favourable policies have helped international and domestic companies to forge strategic alliances to support the needs of the country. This has opened several new avenues for OEMs like Thales to explore business opportunities and form new relationships with local partners in India.

With rich presence of over six decades in India, Thales has played a crucial role in delivering high-end technology solutions for the development of defence, aerospace, transport as well as digital identity and security sectors. The company’s vision is aligned with the government on making in India as well as exporting from the country. Over the years, the company has significantly invested in India, developed strategic business and supply chain partnerships.

Supporting India’s defence modernisation plans From designing smart sensors and advanced defence systems, to developing collaborative combat systems, securely connecting and equipping soldiers on the digital battlefield, Thales’ systems deliver information superiority and give joint forces mastery of action whenever they face their decisive moments.

The Indian armed forces have been relying on Thales’ high-technology solutions for combat aircraft,

44 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Emmanuel de Roquefeuil, VP and Country Director, Thales in India

air defence systems, sensors (ground, ship-borne and airborne), tactical communication and military avionics, among others to achieve its big ambitions. The upgrade programme of Mirage 2000 fleet that serves the strategic requirements of “Make in India” policy is

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

YULISTA Global Company with OEM Capabilities

Y

ulista is a global company serving customers in over 30 countries. Our quality solutions coupled with our extensive experience, makes us leaders in Aviation, Ground, Logistics, Training, Base Operations and Maintenance support. We have Field Engineering Teams that can deploy globally when and where they are needed to perform modification, maintenance and training in support of international and domestic customers.

In 2002, Yulista Holdings LLC., began operations in Huntsville, Alabama, USA, with a single contract and a handful of employees. In less than 20 years, we are now a global company supporting both domestic and

46 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

CH-47 Survivability, Communication, Logistical Support, Systems and Maintenance Modifications

international customers, executing over 500 programs.

Our growth is forged by our ability to meet customer requirements anytime and anywhere. Our Original Equipment Manufacturing (OEM) capabilities provide Yulista's customers with quality and dependable technical solutions. Yulista’s state-of-the-art Modification Repair and Overhaul (MRO) facilities coupled with manufacturing capabilities provide our customers with integration quality solutions.

Yulista currently manages over 1,800 employees and has an industry team of over 250 subcontractors and 1,100 material vendors. To date, Yulista has collectively managed the execution of over 5,000 individual

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

1 9 15 19 23 27 33 37 41 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

One Conflicts to Watch Two Crystal Gazing the Global Security Environment Three West Asia—A Ticking Bomb? Implications for India Four Asean Centrality—In the Trap of China’s Regionalism Five China’s Strategic Footprint—

Stretching Across the Indo-Pacific Until Africa Six Challenges Before India’s Maritime Diplomacy Seven The Pakistan Factor in India and Afghanistan Eight Indian Air Force Fighter Squadrons Need Full Replacement by 2035 Nine Indian Army Road Map for ‘Right Sizing’—An Appraisal Ten Indian Navy in the Indo-Pacific—Realism Versus Posturing Eleven US-India Partnership in Defence Twelve 2018 –Turnaround in India-Russia Partnership Thirteen Space—The New Frontier and Future of India’s Aerospace Command Fourteen Cyber Warfare—The Silent Strategic Weapon Without Frontiers Fifteen Nuclear Calculus and Its Imperatives Sixteen State Sponsored Terrorism—Tactical Weapon?

Seventeen China’s National Defense in the New Era

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Strategy & Perspective

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section one

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

and 2018 which is an average of about 175 ANSF personnel killed per week. In 2018 number of civilian casualties, increased to an all time high of 10,933 with 3,804 deaths and 7,189 injuries; in 2017, the number of civilian casualties was 10,453.

Through 2019 a series of talks have taken place between Special Representative for Afghanistan Reconciliation Zalmay Khalilzad and Taliban officials. There appears to be an agreement for a framework for peace negotiations. According to reports the Taliban have agreed to prevent territory in Afghanistan from being used by terrorist organisations in return for a withdrawal of US troops. There is however no agreement on cease-fire and Taliban refuse to negotiate directly with the government of Afghanistan. Premature withdrawal of United States would imply that the hard fought gains achieved since 2001 would be lost due to potential fighting between Taliban and Government forces and various factions. Internal instability in Afghanistan could have larger regional ramifications as China, Iran, and Russia all compete for influence in Kabul.1 Pakistan sees Afghanistan as potentially providing strategic depth against India and anticipates that improved relations with Afghanistan’s leadership could limit India’s influence in Afghanistan.

India has been the largest regional contributor to Afghan reconstruction, but it has not shown any inclination to pursue a deeper defence relationship. In addition to the strong historical links, Indian interest in Afghanistan, stem largely from its desire to establish stronger and more direct commercial and political relations with Central Asia.

INDIAN DEFENCE

War in Afghanistan What started as the US Global War on Terror against the Taliban in Afghanistan has come around after nearly two decades to peace talks between US and Taliban. The war started as the Taliban refused to hand over Osama bin Laden after the 9/11 attacks. Consequent to Op Enduring Freedom, the Taliban leadership withdrew into Southern Afghanistan and was given shelter in Pakistan. Following this invasion, the Taliban was reorganised and they launched an insurgency against the Afghan Government and ISAF in 2003.

The war is in its eighteenth year now and it is the fifth year since the Afghan government took charge of securing their country. About half of Afghan districts are under control of Afghanistan Nation Security Forces (ANSF), over 30 per cent are contested, and the remaining areas are under Taliban influence. In May 2018, Taliban had captured the capital of Farah Province, and in August 2018 seized the capital of Ghazni Province. US and ANSF recaptured the city after a week. In 2018 the International Security Forces undertook operations against the Islamic State-Khorasan Province (ISIS-KP), the local affiliate of ISIS in several eastern Afghan provinces. ISIS-KP has been conducting major attacks in Kabul.

In 2017 the US increased its troop presence in Afghanistan, and enlarged the scope of its operations by targeting Taliban revenue sources and conducting air operations against drug labs and opium production sites. US carried out over two hundred airstrikes targeting Taliban’s drug production and transportation networks.

Currently, there are approximately 14,000 US troops and 16,000 international coalition troops deployed in Afghanistan.

Speaking to an audience at the John Hopkins School of Advancd International Studies in November 2018, Afghanistan President Ashraf Ghani said that 28,529 Afghan security force members had been killed since the beginning of 2015. Previously released government data confirmed 5,000 deaths in 2015 and nearly 7,000 in 2016. That leaves 16,529 deaths over the past 23 months of 2017

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The global security environment is rapidly changing. There is triangular polarisation happening with China on one hand, USA on the other and Russia emerging as the third pole. The resultant turmoil is witnessing power struggles as more countries push to extend their influence. SP’s Military Yearbook team lists the ten conflicts to watch particularly from the point of view of India and this region.

Tehrik-e-Taliban and Other Militant Groups in Pakistan

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) was formed in early 2000, from a collection of various tribal groups that sought to establish their authority in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) in the

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 1

REGIONAL BALANCE

US Army

CONFLICTS TO WATCH

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

Opening Round The US and China fired the opening salvos for a full-blown trade war between the world’s two largest economies in June 2018. The USA imposed a sweeping tariff on $34 billion worth of Chinese goods, including flat-screen televisions, aircraft parts, and medical devices. China responded by imposing 25 per cent tariffs on $34 billion worth of US goods.

The US Push The US’s new trade barriers are designed to penalize China for doing things like forcing foreign businesses to hand over their most prized technology to Chinese state-owned companies in exchange for access to their market. The US is targeting high-tech Chinese goods to put economic pressure on Beijing.

The US has launched a global campaign against Chinese technology companies, particularly Huawei, and trying to convince its allies that the use of Chinese equipment in critical infrastructure poses a national security risk. Western countries will also face the risk of US countermeasures.

The US dispute with China involves forced technological transfer, discriminatory investment acquisitions, state enterprises having all manner of unfair advantages over foreign competition, along with espionage and cyber attacks. It is a sophisticated form of economic warfare aimed at “uniting the west against the rise of a totalitarian China” to stop China’s economic and political rise.

Chinese Response China has targeted big US agricultural exports like soybeans that come from states in the heart of Trump country. This may have contributed to Republican reverses in the 2018 midterm elections.

China has loosened restrictions on foreign investment in some sec-

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Dismal Scenario If US and China fail, and the current truce in their trade war ends with no deal, the costs will be substantial for both sides. The United States imports more goods from China than any country in the world; approximately $500 billion (2017) and a breakdown in the talks could lead to even higher tariffs on at least half of that. Right now, under the tariffs steadily imposed by Trump, the US Customs Service is collecting additional duties of 10 per cent on $200 billion in imports from China and 25 per cent on another $50 billion.

China does not import enough goods from the US just $120 billion total in 2018, to match Trump dollar for dollar. But Beijing retaliated with an equivalent 25 per cent tariff on $50 billion in American exports in the first round of this fight, and tariffs of 5 to 10 per cent on another $60 billion in the second round including exports of rare earth which is vital for US. (See the table).

As the trade war persists, Beijing hopes to let Trump see that he has scored at least a partial victory on trade, which also may help to avoid further escalation.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 9

TECHNOLOGY

tors, including banking, commercial aircraft, some automobiles and new crop varieties, except wheat and corn.

But extensive restrictions remain in place for other important sectors, including energy and telecommunications, as well as many types of automobiles. More recently, Chinese officials accelerated the process for adopting a new foreign investment law that would codify efforts to strengthen and better protect foreign intellectual property and prohibit forced technology transfers by joint venture partners.

Chinese exports grew by 9.1 per cent year-on-year in January, compared to a 4.4 per cent contraction in December 2018.

Meanwhile, China’s overall imports from the United States have decreased by 41.4 per cent year-on-year, its lowest figure since February 2016. It gives Beijing a much-needed reprieve amid otherwise weakening economic indicators.

BUSINESS

Brigadier Dr Anil Sharma (Retd)

INDIAN DEFENCE

Trade Wars of US and China’s Response to Them

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The current global security concerns are dotted by number of flagrant issues. The major ones are: trade wars of US and China, Middle East Imbroglio, China’s enlarging footprint in the Asia/Indo-Pacific coupled with attempts to prevent North Korea going nuclear and re-assertive Russia. There are inseparable inter-dependencies. The trends lines are amplified in the succeeding paragraphs.

REGIONAL BALANCE

beidou.gov.cn

CRYSTAL GAZING THE GLOBAL SECURITY ENVIRONMENT

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Yemen Conflict The protest wave hit Yemen in February 2011 also. President Ali Abdullah Saleh had ruled Yemen autocratically since 1978 and continued after North and South Yemen were united in 1990. Huge demonstrations against Ali Abdulla Saleh started first in Sana’a and then gradually spread to other cities. Unable to control the protests, security forces resorted to firing killing 52 people in Sana’a in March 2011 and 24 later in the month in Aden. The protests only grew stronger and defections from amongst his prominent supporters started. Though Saleh had been a Saudi pawn since 1990

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 15

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS bought billions of dollars worth of state of art military hardware it is not a military power; therefore, its efforts were destined to fail. Foreign policy in particular and governance in general under the all-powerful Mohammad bin Salman (MbS), the Saudi Crown Prince, has been a disaster.

After the revolutionary protest wave toppled three long time dictators in North Africa, in Tunisia, Egypt and Libya, it hit West Asia – first in Bahrain, then Yemen and finally Syria, Saudi Arabia emerged as the key player in Bahrain and Yemen and was deeply involved in Syria.

Protests first erupted in Bahrain in February 2011 mainly by the Shias, who constitute between 65 per cent to 70 per cent of the country’s population, demanding political reforms but there were no calls for regime change initially. Saudi Arabia in particular and the UAE immediately blamed Iran for instigating and supporting the protests. The protests were put down fairly harshly by the local security forces and subsequently Saudi Arabia sent 1,000 troops and UAE 500 troops to Bahrain. They are still there. It merits mention that the King of Bahrain had set up an independent Commission to look into allegations of Iranian instigation which confirmed the reality that there was no Iranian hand in instigating or aiding the protest demonstrations. In its continuing hard line sectarian rhetoric Saudi Arabia completely ignores this finding.

TECHNOLOGY

Ranjit Gupta

BUSINESS

T

he US Saudi alliance forged in Ambassador a meeting between King Abdul Aziz Al Saud the founder of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and President Roosevelt on board a US warship in 1945, is the US’s oldest alliance with a non-Western country. The solid Saudi US alliance provided Saudi Arabia enormous comfort because of guaranteed security and thus enabled it to play a cautious, low-key role in regional politics in pursuit and protection of its national interests. President Obama’s election campaign rhetoric during which, inter alia, he had called Saudi Arabia “a sort of an ally”, declared his intention of withdrawing troops from Iraq and Afghanistan and conveyed a distinct disinclination to get involved in wars abroad; his speech at the Al-Azhar University in 2009 where Obama talked of democracy, human rights and women’s role and also devoted three paras to the need to bring Iran out of the cold and consistent reports from the Saudi Ambassador in Washington that Obama considers Iran as the major power in West Asia – all of this sowed seeds of increasing doubts about the role that the US would play under Obama’s Presidency in West Asia. Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries were deeply upset and angered that the US did nothing to protect Hosni Mubarak, an extremely loyal US ally since he assumed power in 1981, from being overthrown. After the protests in Bahrain were harshly crushed President Obama publicly criticise the King’s actions several times. Obama had drawn a red line that if Assad used chemical weapons the US could intervene in Syria; and when this happened in August 2013 Obama asked Congress to make a decision but the Congress refused authorisation to intervene in Syria. This was the particular let down and major setback. The nuclear deal with Iran was the last straw. All these developments contributed to a huge turnaround in Saudi foreign policy in terms of deciding to play a proactive role itself to ensure its security and protection of national interests from regional challenges for the first time ever and not depend on the US. Saudi Arabia does not have the needed diplomatic dexterity or experience and despite having

INDIAN DEFENCE

About 80 per cent of India’s oil and gas is imported from West Asia which has also become India’s leading trade partner, the GCC countries are home to over 80,00,000 Indians who live and work there with many more millions dependent upon them back home; they send home annual remittances of $40 billion or so.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

PIB

West Asia— A ticking bomb?

Implications for India

REGIONAL BALANCE

3

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

The most significant dynamic for regionalism in the region has been the ASEAN+3 initiative, established in 1997 constituting the 10 ASEAN member-states (Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam) along with Japan, China and South Korea.

The first ASEAN+3 Summit was held in Malaysia in December 1997.

The framework that initially focused on economic cooperation, has expanded in recent years to the fields of politics, security, and culture with a total of 66 dialogue mechanisms at various levels being established in 24 fields within the framework of ASEAN+3, covering diplomacy, economy, finance, agriculture, labour, tourism, environment, the fight against cross-border crime, health care, energy, telecommunications, social welfare and administration innovation.

Considered the most important outcome of the Asian financial crisis, ASEAN+3 has become China’s preferred vehicle for regional diplomacy, primarily because Beijing believes that ASEAN+3 holds the potential to promote Chinese foreign policy and strategic interests, and more importantly because it is ‘indigenous to East Asia’. It cannot be denied that ASEAN+3 became the first instance of institutionalisation of regionalism among East Asian countries. The continuing growth in trade and investment relations between ASEAN+3 gets reflected with the total trade with Plus Three countries reaching $727.1 billion in 2014, which accounted for 28.8 per cent of total ASEAN trade, while Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) inflow from Plus Three Countries reached $26.7 billion, which amounted to 19.6 per cent in 2014. Through trade and investment relations, the region was expected to maintain its positive growth trajectory despite the global financial instability. In its official statement, the 18th ASEAN+3 Summit in Kuala Lumpur in November 2015 underlined the full utilisation of the ASEAN Plus One Free Trade Agreement with the People’s Republic of China, Japan and the Republic of Korea. It was expected to contribute significantly towards enhancing sustainability of the micro, small and medium-sized enterprises in the region.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 19

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

ASEAN+3 Initiative: China’s Preferred ‘Indigenous’ Regional Vehicle

TECHNOLOGY

Chansoria

BUSINESS

C

hina’s approach and involve Dr Monika ment towards regionalism went through three major evolutions according to discourse emanating from within. The initial phase was when China’s attitude towards regionalism evolved from being “hostile” to that of being “active.”

In the 1960s, China was hostile to Asian regionalism represented by the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), claiming that ASEAN was nothing but an anti-communist tool used by imperialists, as cited in a 2000 paper by Li Yifang in Jingzhou Shifan Daxue Xuebao. Li further stated that during the late 1970s, and particularly towards the end of the Cold War, China gradually changed its negative attitude towards ASEAN. In November 1991, the Chinese Mainland, together with Taiwan and Hong Kong, joined the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum. This was the first time when China responded to economic regionalism by agreeing to join the association that had been newly established.

Before the 1990s, Beijing did not emphasise as much upon its Asian identity and therefore was not much involved in Asia’s regional cooperation. This situation changed in the 1990s, when, Beijing stressed that it was a major responsible player in the region.

As per Li, a primary stage of China’s regional cooperation was, and continues to be, characterised by economic and trade cooperation, aiming at building a grand Free Trade Agreement with ASEAN. Under the regime of President Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang, China’s emphasis has been to upgrade its position in Southeast Asia with Foreign Minister Wang Yi making multiple trips in the region, which highlighted that the region remains a top priority in China’s peripheral diplomacy initiative. This is reminiscent of the decade of the 1990s when ASEAN was actively looking for new regional strategies in the region. Subsequently, regionalism in East Asia received momentum from the Asian financial crisis of 1997 that compelled East Asian countries to realise and accept the critical significance of interdependence.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Before the 1990s, Beijing did not emphasise as much upon its Asian identity and therefore was not much involved in Asia’s regional cooperation. This situation changed in the 1990s, when, Beijing stressed that it was a major responsible player in the region.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

www.c7f.navy.mil

ASEAN Centrality— In the Trap of China’s Regionalism

REGIONAL BALANCE

4

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

supporter of Deng, who said, “Careful study and comprehensive consideration should be made as to what should be reformed and what should not.” This thought resonates in the contemporary context with the sweeping transformation of China’s military, which is expected to provide an impetus for Beijing’s strategy and operations across the Indo-Pacific. The combination of thought and military modernisation is also the ultimate guarantor for realisation of Xi Jinping’s political goals, including his dreams of “a powerful country, a strong military and national rejuvenation.”

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Chansoria

Chinese defence budget has doubled in the past decade by growing at an annual average of 8 per cent. Today, Beijing accounts for almost 41 per cent of total military spending in Asia, including Oceania. As per Jane’s Defense Budgets estimate, China’s official defence budget is expected to grow beyond $240 billion by 2028 — thereby making it Asia’s largest military spender in the Indo-Pacific region. The military advancements made by China under its four-decade long military modernisation programme have transformed the PLA aiming to make it a “world-class” military by 2049. The annual Pentagon report on Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China submitted in May 2018 to the US Congress asserts China’s force modernisation goals and trends, with specific reference to areas falling under the Indo-Pacific. These include: n Improvement in military capabilities to conduct nuclear deterrence n Anti-access/area denial (A2/AD) n Power projection operations n Augmenting littoral warfare capabilities, with a high-rate production of the Jiangdao-class corvettes (Type 056), more than 35 of which have already entered service n Completion of military reforms

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 23

INDIAN DEFENCE

China’s Military Spending, Modernisation, and Combined Force Posturing in the Indo-Pacific

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

T

he evolving determinants for Dr Monika regional security in the Indo-Pacific demonstrate a rapidly changing regional order in which Asia’s map is being re-imaged with great power and regional re-alignments and shifts.

It is this matrix that has paved way for the Indo-Pacific region at large. The Indo-Pacific holds maritime Asia at its core, geographically covering the Eastern Coast of Africa, through the Indian Ocean, till the Western Pacific. Remaining critical to the regional construct, the growing importance of the Indian Ocean as a geopolitical and geo-economic nerve centre adds to its primacy.

For that matter, the Indian Ocean has significantly replaced the Atlantic in order to become the world’s busiest and strategically most significant trade corridor. The term Indo-Pacific symbolises economic and strategic dependence on developments across a much wider maritime region and prioritising the allocation of resources, security partners, membership and agendas of regional diplomatic and security institutions.

China’s policy of injecting investments and reaping disproportionate economic and strategic benefits out of it is strikingly reminiscent of mercantilism. The mercantilist policy approach adopted

by Beijing can be credited for it becoming a global economic powerhouse that is launching strategic ambitions well beyond its immediate territory and shores. This brings to focus the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) announced by Chinese President Xi Jinping, which could well become the defining legacy of Xi’s rule. By unveiling an infrastructural blueprint, which places China at the centre of the world over land and sea links, the BRI is fast becoming the launch pad from which Xi Jinping’s China aims to reshape the IndoPacific strategically. This apparently has begun with totalitarian geographical presence and domination by connecting the Eurasian landmass and Indo-Pacific maritime routes.

A September 1984 article in Asia Week carried a cautionary note sounded by Yang Shangkun, vice chairman of the CMA and a close

TECHNOLOGY

China’s policy of injecting investments and reaping disproportionate economic and strategic benefits out of it is strikingly reminiscent of mercantilism. The mercantilist policy approach adopted by Beijing can be credited for it becoming a global economic powerhouse that is launching strategic ambitions well beyond its immediate territory and shores.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Wikipedia

China’s Strategic Footprint— Stretching Across the Indo-Pacific until Africa

BUSINESS

5

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 27

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

M

ike Pompeo, the current of impacts from a variety of sources Ambassador Yogendra Kumar US Secretary of State, at his out of the control of individual counSenate confirmation heartries or even groups of countries. The ing, on April 12, 2018, stated, ‘one of the many values deepening geopolitical flux reflecting changing balance-of-power of robust diplomacy is that it increases our chances of equations, weakened hegemonic status of the US resulting in unsetsolving problems peacefully, without ever firing a shot.’ tling regional power disequilibria and in a proliferation of ‘moving He recalled the role of US Foreign Service officers who, by success- parts’ constituting any given security scenario, weakened multifully negotiating with their Soviet counterparts, averted many a mil- lateral institutions, and the growing wary, self-survival mindset of itary confrontation which would have, of necessity, involved him, world leaders beset by popular disenchantment with globalisation then a young cavalry officer, as well as other soldiers. Verily, it has in these times of frequent global economic crises characterise the been said that diplomacy is the first line of defence for any country. environment in which efforts are being undertaken to make these The role of diplomats has been, throughout the ages, to engage mechanisms both resilient and steady. The binary between the with their foreign government counterparts, representing conflict- ‘traditional’ and the ‘non-traditional’ security challenges is no ing interests, in negotiations to arrive at ‘win-win’ outcomes which longer a tenable operating presupposition is given that these two advance their country’s national interests; today, this is an obvious- sets of challenges are mutually reinforcing; the critical challenge ly better alternative than a ‘zero-sum’ approach. With like-minded today inheres in the manifest inadequacies of multilateral global foreign representatives, they strengthen their bargaining positions institutions at a historical juncture when elemental global forces and shape multilateral institutions to turn international relations are shaping the world today. to their advantage. With the help of various agency inputs, they Unhampered by the rising anti-globalisation sentiment in are able to scan the horizon for emerging or latent challenges to many parts of the world, globalisation continues to be driven by the country’s national interests. Not only does such alertness help economic interconnectivity, global value chains and rapid expanin building domestic capacities but also in mounting multilateral sion of trade which is growing faster than world output. Around efforts and in marshalling the multilateral governance mechanisms 80 per cent of the global trade by volume and over 70 per cent by to meet them effectively. This is clearly an enterprise which not value is carried by sea and handled by ports worldwide; according only requires a seamless feedback loop involving all stakeholder to the UNCTAD’s 2018 ‘Review of Maritime Transport’, the global agencies but also to leverage their respective strengths to achieve a maritime trade, expanding at 4 per cent, registered its best figures in desirable diplomatic outcome. growth terms in 2017. The growing criticality of maritime trade has The 21st century is an era of rapid changes of every kind, espe- drawn global attention to the safety of shipping and the navigation cially in the field of technology. The accelerating pace of techno- routes. The international attention has expectedly focused on the logical change, across a wide spectrum, is introducing asymmetry requirement of maintaining ‘good order at sea’ to facilitate fishing in power relationships in the most unforeseen and unpredict- and trade, unmolested enjoyment of the maritime rights of counable ways, including through empowering individual capabilities tries under UNCLOS, and sustainable exploitation of the oceanic deployable for both benevolent as well as malevolent purposes. The “global commons”. The Indian Navy’s Maritime Security Strategy, development of multilateral governance mechanisms has, thus, published in October 2015, examines, in terms of institutional become even more complex and subject to a bewildering range capacities and inter-agency coordination, both traditional and

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Although India has played an active role, historically, in the global discourse and in the shaping of multilateral institution frameworks in the maritime domain, its primary concerns have remained with the Indian Ocean and in recent times, with the Indo-Pacific as defined by the Indian leaders.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

Challenges before India’s Maritime Diplomacy

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 33

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he security situasteady drawdown of US forces Major General Dhruv C. Katoch (retd) tion in India’s neighfrom Afghanistan since 2012, bourhood has in recent the US forces in Afghanistan had months become more challenging, primarily due to the reduced to about 11,000 personnel in 2015 and this strength was declaration of intent by President Trump to withdraw US maintained till the end of 2017. In 2018, President Trump bolstered troops from Afghanistan and the renewed terror attacks by the strength by another 3,000 troops, bringing the total strength of Pakistan sponsored groups against India.

US troops to about 14,000 personnel (See figure below for US troop Afghanistan, once known as the great Asian roundabout, is strength from 2007-2017). today caught up in the vortex of world politics. From the middle of The suddenness of the decision stunned Afghan officials who the eighteenth century, when Imperial Britain was at the zenith of stated that they had not been briefed on the plans. The decision by its power and dominated most of the world, it used the landmass the US President came alongside his decision to pull American forces of Afghanistan as a buffer, to keep Czarist Russia at arm’s length. out of Syria, signalling a more inward looking US policy shift, but This sparring for influence between Britain and Russia, known as leaving a huge question mark over the future of Afghanistan, which the Great Game, became dormant post the Russian Revolution and the two World Wars. The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in December 1979, once again paved the way for super power rivalry US Troops in Afghanistan to be played out in the region. The resistance which developed following the Soviet invasion, got support from the US and its NATO 125000 allies, and after a decade of violence, the Soviets withdrew, leading to civil strife in the country and the eventual takeover of the govern100000 ment by the Taliban. The September 2001 attacks on the US by the Al-Qaida network based in Afghanistan forced the US hand, and in 75000 a swift operation, US forces attacked Afghanistan and dislodged the Taliban government, which took refuge in the adjoining mountain 50000 reaches of Pakistan. But despite nearly two decades of conflict, the Taliban, though badly mauled, remains undefeated with no signs 25000 being available of an early end to hostilities. And in a twist of fate, it is Russia, China, Iran and Pakistan which now seek US withdrawal from Afghanistan, leading to yet another version of the great game 0 being played out over this battle scarred region.

2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 A dramatic shift in the security matrix of the 17 year-old war in Afghanistan came about in December 2018 when the Trump administration ordered the military to start withdrawing roughly Note: The above data pertains to the fourth quarter of each financial 7,000 troops from Afghanistan in the coming months—approxi- year and is drawn from “Boots on the Ground” monthly reports to mately half the force currently deployed in Afghanistan. Post the Congress. Source: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/R44116.pdf

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

But even if the talks were held and an agreement reached between the government of Afghanistan and the Taliban, it is not certain that peace would be the outcome. The world view of the Taliban is regressive, seeking as it does a return to the days of the Prophet and a strict interpretation of the Sharia laws.

REGIONAL BALANCE

NATO

THE PAKISTAN FACTOR IN INDIA AND AFGHANISTAN

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

7

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 37

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE INDIAN DEFENCE

Post-independence, air power has played a pivotal and decisive role in several conflicts to tilt the balance in India’s favour. The airlifting of Indian Army troops and equipment to Srinagar, Leh and Poonch followed by extensive strafing and rocket attacks on enemy forces by the IAF, helped save J&K from Pakistani intruders in 194748. IAF fighter bomber aircraft played a crucial role in police action against Nizam’s forces in Hyderabad and the liberation of Goa from the Portuguese. India made the blunder of not using air power during India-China war of 1962 due to the fear amongst political leadership about overwhelming Chinese superiority and its likely retaliation. The nation paid heavily for not employing air power in this conflict with China. The role of the IAF in the wars with Pakistan in 1965 and 1971, is very well known. After surrendering along with over 90,000 troops, Lt General A.A.K. Niazi of Pakistan had pointed at the ‘IAF Wings’ worn by a pilot and said that the IAF was responsible for hastening their surrender. The IAF played a decisive role in pushing back intruders during the Kargil conflict in 1999. The deterrence capability of the IAF was such that Pakistan Air Force did not dare participate in the Kargil conflict. Similarly, during the 74 days standoff in Doklam, there was no air violation by China.

Owing to its long reach, heavy punch, high precision, minimal collateral damage and chances of low casualty, modern air power

Strength of Fighter Squadrons

Against a sanctioned strength of 42 fighter squadrons, comprising 18 aircraft each, the IAF today is down to 30 squadrons and this number will go down further as aircraft of another seven squadrons are due to be retired from service over next few years. Therefore, it is important to explain the gravity of the situation so that timely efforts could be initiated to expeditiously restore the strength of fighter squadrons in the IAF. The Government sanctioned 42 fighter squadrons for the IAF in the early 1980s to fight a single adversary on the Western front. No 52 Squadron, which was the last of the sanctioned strength of 42 fighter squadrons, was formed on January 1, 1986. In 2009, the Ministry of Defence (MoD) revised the Operational Directive for the Armed Forces with a mandate to prepare for engagement on two fronts. The IAF professionally analysed the requirement of fighters for engaging independently against the adversaries on the Western and Northern fronts and also during a collusive threat from both requiring simultaneous operations on two fronts. In view of the enhanced capabilities of modern fighter aircraft and the geographical location of many airfields enabling operations on both fronts, the IAF came to the conclusion that it will be able to take on both adversaries singly or together in collusion with 42 fighter squadrons.

Therefore, the IAF never asked for additional squadrons for a twofront war scenario, but only took up with the government to make good the authorised strength of 42 fighter squadrons. The major

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Brief History

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

I

ndian air power came into exisprovides a wide range of options to the Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha (Retd) tence with the formation of the political leadership for its use during Indian Air Force (IAF) on October limited conflicts and coercive opera8, 1932 as Auxiliary Air Force of the Royal Air Force. During tions. The IAF recently carried out a successful precision strike World War II, the IAF played a stellar role in stopping the against JeM training camp in Balakot, which brought in a profound advance of the Japanese Army in Burma and in apprecia- change in India’s resolve to fight terror from Pakistan. To conduct tion of IAF’s valiant effort, in 1945, King George VI conferred the any kind of offensive and defensive air operations or to deter the prefix ‘Royal’ to make it ‘Royal Indian Air Force’. On becoming a adversaries, the IAF requires requisite number of fighter aircraft Republic in 1950, the prefix ‘Royal’ was dropped and reverted to with essential performance and capabilities.

‘Indian Air Force’.

TECHNOLOGY

IAF is at a crucial and challenging juncture staring at a precarious depletion of its fighter fleets without any assured plan or process for replacements. Such situations are rare, but then every challenge comes with opportunities. The Government of India should grab this opportunity to take bold decisions to not only equip the IAF to make it a formidable force, but also use this opportunity to create a thriving aerospace industry in India.

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

Indian Air Force Fighter Squadrons Need Full Replacement By 2035

BUSINESS

8

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 41

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

A

change in security imperforce application in the battlefield and Lt General Arun Sahni (Retd) atives, threat perception, needs to be kept in mind, while the mission, strategy or inducIndian Army undertakes restructuring tion of ‘state of art’ technology, warrants a review of and ‘arming smart’. It is important to note that changes in large existing military force architecture, organisational struc- organisations are not in isolation, they have an impact on other tures and/or executing methodologies. In the case of elements. For example, to embrace ‘new technologies’, there will India, the security landscape in the ‘near abroad’ and ‘extended be a need to relook at the current ‘human resource’ policies of the neighbourhood’ has been irreversibly altered, due to changed ‘geo Indian Army, like basic education levels at entry level, skill sets, etc. strategic’ alignments, ‘geoeconomic’ realities and the rise of an The threat perspective for India is unique with two belligerent assertive China. This with the existing border anomalies with our neighbours. Therefore, the changes planned or under execution northern and western neighbour, has changed India’s threat assess- within the army, need to be sensitive to the reality of threat on ‘two ment and operational dynamics. The impact of ‘changing nature of fronts’, along with the internal security challenges. However, to meet warfare’, with its complete stratagem of ‘non-contact’, ‘sub conven- the conventional threat from our western and northern adversartional’ and ‘hybrid’ warfare’, on-going ‘revolution in military affairs ies, ‘rebalancing’ and ‘restructuring’ of forces needs to address the (RMA)’, path-breaking technological developments in surveillance changing / emerging realities of threat and technology and in the systems with increased transparency and the devastation of smart case of India’s northern borders, the completion of planned conweapons/munitions with increased lethality, range and accuracy, nectivity projects and related infrastructure. Therefore, the changes need to be vectored in any planned modulations. Militarisation of to the organisation will have to be conceived from within the armed erstwhile ‘global commons’ of ‘cyber’ and ‘space’ with new frontiers forces and executed in a manner that it retains ‘operational preof conflict, also needs to be addressed by the security apparatus. paredness’ at all times, as professional judgment is critical for key Concurrently, the legacy military organisations at various levels decision making. Also, the urgency for carrying out reforms should of the army, require a relook for the future battlefield landscape. not be a case of the leadership seeking self-aggrandisation.

They need to be agile, flexible and responsive to the rapidity of The aim in this article is to identify the guiding parameters for change, information overload and the far reaching effect of the change, look at the underlying tenets that are the cornerstones for ICT revolution. The increasing reliance on the digital space, with the planned transformation in the army and examine their effecits evolutionary technological tools that optimise management of tiveness in addressing the future security challenges? resources and operational decision making, needs to be harnessed Contours of Change with appropriate structural reforms. The new setup should have the resilience and adaptability to exploit the impact of emerging To meet the complexity of multiple challenges, there is a need for technology innovations in cyber, space based assets, robotics, arti- the Indian Army to be ‘smart’ in its ‘capability development ‘and ficial intelligence, and ‘internet of things’. Some of these are at the ‘force re-structuring’. There is a requirement of a centralised agency threshold of operationalisation, as displayed by the advent of proto- that steers this change in a holistic manner and the modernisation types of a new range of weaponised platforms like the armed UAVs, plan should be time sensitive and ensure qualitative upgrades with un-manned aircrafts, swarm drones and robotic soldiers. These in cutting edge technologies. Concurrent to induction of next generathe foreseeable future will have far reaching impact on the kinetic tion weapon platforms, the structural changes should be capable

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The threat perspective for India is unique with two belligerent neighbours. Therefore, the changes planned or under execution within the army, need to be sensitive to the reality of threat on ‘two fronts’, along with the internal security challenges.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

Indian Army Road Map for ‘Right Sizing’—An Appraisal

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

9

MDL

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

INDIAN NAVY IN THE INDO-PACIFIC— REALISM VERSUS POSTURING

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

10

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 47

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

I

t was at the commissioning Talwar and Godavari class, corvettes Vice Admiral Satish Soni (Retd) ceremony of the Indian built of the Kamorta and Khukri class, misMauritian Coast Guard Ship sile vessels, nuclear powered submaBarracuda in Port Louis, Mauritius that our Prime minister rine Chakra, conventional submarines of the Kalveri, Shishumar first articulated his vision of Security And Growth for All and Sindhughosh class and a host of other ships. Building and in the Region (SAGAR) and reiterated it in Visakhapatnam operationalising the Arihant SSBN has been a landmark achievein February 2016, where over 100 ships from 50 countries ment; of particular significance being the ability to harness niche had assembled for the second International Fleet Review of technologies indigenously. Acquisition of the P-8I long range Independent India. Delivering the keynote address at the maritime aircraft and a dedicated naval satellite have enabled Shangri-La Dialogue-2018, Prime Minister Narendra Modi once networked naval operations at extended ranges giving us an abilagain underscored the role of the Indian Navy in building part- ity to control access to all the major choke points in the Indian nerships for peace and security in the region. The Navy has Ocean and increase of our footprint to beyond our primary area indeed become the fugleman of India’s exertions in engaging of interest. Whilst Navies, understandably focus on honing comour maritime neighbours. It is formally mandated to be a net bat capabilities, it is the diplomatic role of constructive maritime provider of maritime security to smaller countries in the Indian engagement with others that has assumed increased importance Ocean and lists ‘constructive maritime engagement’ as one of its in recent times. How do we fare? missions in the Indian Naval Doctrine-2015. The Indo-US-Japan Indian Navy as the Net Provider of Security Malabar joint exercise has become the linchpin of the rejuvenatin the Indian Ocean? ed Quadrilateral dialogue with the United States coveting India India’s immediate maritime neighbourhood comprises the Indian for thwarting China’s ambitions to dominate the Indo-Pacific.

Where does the Indian Navy stand in ameliorating nation’s Ocean littoral which is home to 39 per cent of the world’s populaefforts to increase its maritime footprint on the new oceanic tion. Most of these emerged from their colonial past as uninduslandscape and what could be done during this propitious period trialised and impecunious. The first three countries in the fragile states index 2018 have their coast lines in the Indian Ocean. Many in history? others have severe handicaps in enforcing rule of the law in their Indian Navy’s Maritime Security Strategy waters. They are all becoming aware of an increasing maritime inter The primary objective of our maritime security strategy is to deter connectivity and the rich dividends of developing a Blue Economy. conflict and coercion against India. The Indian Navy contributes in The Indian Navy has indeed been of immense help to the littoral shaping a positive maritime environment and develops capabili- navies in building capacities and meeting their diverse needs of ties to address challenges ranging from coastal security to nuclear maritime tasking. deterrence. The core of Indian Navy’s plans is centered on convenThe Indian Navy holds staff talks with 20 regional and extrational deterrence which requires maintenance of combat power regional navies to monitor progress of the shortlisted naval coopthat would raise the threshold of intervention by any power to an eration initiatives. 13 Joint exercises, eight multilateral exercises unacceptable level. and four coordinated patrols were conducted during the last year.

Navy’s ORBAT comprises the aircraft carrier Vikramaditya with During 2018, the Navy coordinated ten HADR exercises with our Mig-29K fighter aircraft, destroyers of the Visakhapatnam, Kolkata, neighbouring countries. 16 countries were represented at the Delhi and Rajput class, frigates of the Shivalik, Brahmaputra, biennial meet ‘Milan’ at Port Blair in March 2018. The Indian Navy

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Navy, the most dominant in the region has done well to become the flagship of India’s maritime engagement with countries of the Indo-pacific.

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 51

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he United States and India have an bilateral business between both countries. For Dr Vivek Lall increasingly shared vision of the Pacific context, in 2004 approximately 25 per cent of region’s strategic future. With dynamic US exports to India required some form of a US global geopolitical developments at India’s doorstep, on Government export license. Today, that number is around 0.5 either side of its land borders, as well as across the region, per cent. The progress already made on US-India has been sigIndia is a key partner in the US’ ability to support a stable nificant, and there is much more to come. balance of power in the Indo-Pacific.

Bilateral Organisations and Forums Military and economic ties between the US and India have grown significantly over the past decade, and that positive trend Several bilateral organisations and forums have been established that serve as catalysts to this growth between the two will continue well into the future. counttries. These organisations include but are certainly not Foundational Agreements limited to: US-India Business Council (USIBC), US-India Many foundational agreements have been made between these Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF), US-India CEO Forum, two leading democracies that put US-India defence ties on a strong India Rapid Reaction Cell (IRRC), Defence Technology Trade trajectory for decades to come. Dating back to 2009, both countries Initiative (DTTI), and the India Innovation Growth Programme signed the End-Use Monitoring Agreement, allowing U.S. inspec- (IIGP & IIGP 2.0). tors to verify the location of US-supplier material. This was followed Most recently, the US Government established the US-India by the Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA) in Security Cooperation Task Force, which is comprised of mul2016, permitting both country’s militaries to carry out re-supply or tiple services and agencies across the US Department of Defense repairs on each other’s bases.

(DoD), Department of State, Commerce Department and other In 2016, the US recognised India as a ‘Major Defence Partner’, federal agencies to collectively identify and address opportunities allowing India to procure more advanced and sensitive platforms to further US defence partnerships with India. I am personally and technologies from the US. In 2018, the name of United States very excited about this organisation’s charter and the momentum Pacific Command (USPACOM), the oldest and largest U.S. unified I have witnessed in recent months. combatant command, was changed to United States Indo-Pacific Central to the Task Force’s agenda is formalising key remainCommand (INDOPACOM) – a clear signal of India’s critical and ing foundational agreements – most notably the Information growing role in the Indo-Pacific region.

Security Agreement (ISA) and Basic Exchange Cooperation Arguably the most significant agreement to date is the Agreement (BECA). The ISA will preserve sharing US technoloCommunications Compatibility and Security Agreement gies with other countries and classified data across industry, (COMCASA). Signed during the historic 2+2 dialogue in September while the BECA will facilitate exchange of geospatial infor2018, COMCASA enables both countries to transfer secure commu- mation between both countries for military and civilian use. nications and data equipment in India.

Both agreements reside between the governments; however, I Around the same time, the US granted a Strategic Trade understand there is urgency to formalise these agreements in Authorization (STA-1) waiver to India, which significantly eases the relative near-term.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Military and economic ties between the US and India have grown significantly over the past decade with many foundational agreements being made. While substantial advancements continue between the two countries, recent dialogue around trade imbalances and the Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act (CAATSA) highlight well known challenges.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

US-INDIA PARTNERSHIP IN DEFENCE

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

11

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 55

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he Indo-Russian relationship has expeequipment, like the MQ-9 Reaper, Predator-B armed P. Stobdan rienced several ups and down in the past drones, etc. The US Principal Deputy Assistant several years. But in May 2018, Russian Secretary of State for Political-Military Affairs, Tina President Vladimir Putin and Indian Prime Minister Kaidanow, recently asked New Delhi to desist from conduct that Narendra Modi suddenly had an “agenda-less” talk each might invite sanctions. However, US Defense Secretary James other in Sochi that proved a masterstroke and turning Mattis has asked Congress to provide national security exceptions point in the relationship between the two countries. to CAATSA for countries like India. But the issue was not simply The Sochi meeting took place against the backdrop of shifting limited to getting a ‘waiver’ for buying the S-400 Triumf but about geopolitical dynamics driven by the US sanctions against Russia a range of other weapon systems from Russia including stealth frigand the cozying up of ties between Russia and China. ates, nuclear attack submarines, multirole choppers, etc. worth $12 It also took place when New Delhi was faced with the challenge billion that were in the process of delivery. of effectively responding to structural and geopolitical shifts in globThe extreme nature of the CAATSA sanctions regime gives the al power dynamics. It especially came when New Delhi realised that US a handy and effective pressure point to dismantle the existing the strategic tilt towards the United States has not only grossly upset Indo-Russian defence relationship and replace Russian weapons India’s geopolitical image but also undermined national interests. systems in the Indian Army, Navy and Air force with systems from Indian interests were being particularly affected by the US deci- the US-controlled supply chain. Potentially, the sanctions under sion to link its sanctions on Russia and Iran with India, with the CAATSA could endanger India’s overall defence ties with Russia, Countering America’s Adversaries through Sanctions Act (CAATSA) and even worse, it could impact spares procurement for weapons having the potential to damage India’s defence preparedness. of which 70 per cent are of Russian origin. The upshot is that makNot surprisingly and in a quick turn of events, the new US ing structural changes in a system that advantages America and law against Russia — Countering America’s Adversaries through compels India to undermine its own interests would damage India’s Sanctions Act (CAATSA) – started to impact India in terms of pre- defence preparedness. venting it from doing business with Russian defence firms. The Russian Displeasure Sanction Act notified 39 Russian state-controlled firms including Rosoboronexport with which India does recurring business. Obviously, the Russians haven’t been pleased with India switching According to the Act, any third party conducting transactions with over to the American military supply chain system. Moscow hasn’t made this a critical issue and continued to transfer the most sensithese companies would be liable to be sanctioned.

In May 2018, Rep. Mac Thornberry, head of the US House tive strategic armaments to India – although it could have virtually Armed Services Committee, asked India to seriously rethink the brought the entire Indian defence system to its knees by stopping its acquisition of the Russian S-400 anti-missile defence system and supply chain including spares.

What really appeared to have miffed Russia was India’s deciwarned that India purchasing it could set hurdles for building sion to forego its strategic balance by joining the ‘Quadrilateral’ “interoperability” with the US in the future.

For their part, US officials have indicated that not signing the talks with the US, Australia and Japan since 2017. India’s steps to COMCASA could preclude India from getting high-end US military joining this bloc-type security architecture in the ‘Indo-Pacific’ had

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Prime Minister Modi’s “agenda-less” talks with President Vladimir Putin in Sochi proved a masterstroke and turning point for his diplomacy. It became a kind of foreign policy course-correction. India decided to defy the US diktat and made it clear that it would not be guided by any other country on its import of weapons and decided to go ahead with the purchase of the S-400 Triumf missile system for `40,000 crore from Russia.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

2018 – Turnaround in India-Russia Partnership

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

12

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 59

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

A

t the risk of being Space as a New Frontier Group CAPTain A.K. SACHDEV (RETD) It is hard to think of an article labelled alarmist, this launched into space that is not dual article avers as its main thesis that space wars are inevitable and that it is just a use i.e. that does not have some military potential. According to question of time that space faring nations transport their the May 2018 issue of Orbital Debris, a NASA publication, US has earth based confrontations on land, sea and air into the 6,355, China 3,892, France 546 and Japan 278, Commonwealth of outer reaches of space. The ‘air’ aspect of precepts on air superiority, Independent States (CIS) 6,514 (no separate figure available for command of the air and air dominance et al, has distended to ‘aero- Russia) while India has 205 objects in space. Most space activities space’ thus signifying the enlargement of ‘air’ to include space. Outer like communication, navigation, weather services, remote sensing, space — traditionally considered as one of the Global Commons data collection etc have dual purpose and their military content neutrally accessible to all nations as a common heritage is emerging is connected to operations and capabilities in other domains. In as an arena for the conduct of “politics by other means”. In tandem, other words, national power projection can be enhanced through the term ‘battlefield’ has engulfed space, and cyber space and is now use of space and in that sense, militarisation of space is an instru‘battlespace’. Man’s predilection for seeking ‘high ground’ advan- ment of national power. Space deterrence, directed at space based tage has been carried forth into space and is leading to inexorable objects, also includes offensive space capabilities for accomplishmilitarisation and weaponisation of space. A vast proportion of space ing the ends of deterrence.

As the most affluent of nations, US was possibly the first to vehicles have dual use potential and thus there exists a raison d’être for any nation to provide protection — by defensive and offensive realise that space was an arena for contending nations. US estabmeans — to its space assets. The rapid rise in commercial use of lished an Air Force Space Command in 1982; this was followed space is by itself adequate rationale for use of force to safeguard a by a US Naval Space Command a year later, a tri-service US Space nation’s interests in space. Reportedly, according to Euroconsult, a Command in 1985, and the US Army Space Command in 1988. leading global consulting firm specialising in space markets, 3,300 While the other Space Commands have not grown much, the satellites with a mass of over 50 kg are expected to be launched on Air Force Space Command has grown steadily and currently has average each year by 2027 for government agencies and commercial around 90 per cent of the total Department of Defence (DoD) space organisations worldwide. Significantly governments are projected personnel and 85 per cent of the DoD space budget. However, in to remain the largest customer of the satellite and launch industries June this year President Donald Trump advocated a Space Force as with 1,300+ satellites to be launched over the next 10 years for about an independent and co-equal (sixth) military branch (much like the 70 countries, for a market value of over $200 billion but 85 per cent of Marine Corps vis-á-vis the US Navy). The rationale behind his decithe government market will remain concentrated in the 10 countries sion is that US (and allies’) satellites which, besides serving indiswith an established space industry (the US, Russia, China, Japan, pensable peaceful purposes, also enable war on land, sea and air India and the top five European countries). As the ownership of are crucial military targets requiring special protection and thus a military assets and (the majority of) space assets rests with govern- new military branch is necessary to undertake that task. It does not ments, the motivation to protect space assets by force is matched by appear that the Space Force will be an independent sixth branch a capability to do so. This article examines space as the new frontier of the military very soon but actions have been initiated to get into place. The horrendous projected cost of $13 billion is one of the and also addresses the issue of a Space Command for India.

INDIAN DEFENCE

India is using space for both civil and military purposes and the need to have an Aerospace Command in place is self apparent. Financial considerations are certainly an impediment; but a resolution needs to be found and the necessity of an Aerospace Command be accepted by the establishment.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

NASA

SPACE—THE NEW FRONTIER AND FUTURE OF INDIA’S AEROSPACE COMMAND

REGIONAL BALANCE

13

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 63

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

T

he complexities of Cyber Warfare Definition and Lt General Rameshwar Yadav (Retd) Construct technologies and the all The cyber warfare is defined in the encompassing breadth of their impact will fundamentally change the way we fight Oxford Dictionary as, “The use of computer technology to disrupt the wars. Robotics, artificial intelligence (AI), self-driven the activities of a state or organisation, especially the deliberate cars, chat bots, 3D printers, big data, Internet of Things attacking of information systems for strategic or military purposes.”

(IoT), nano technology, virtual reality, genomics, mobile comput- The Techopedia defines the cyber warfare as “Cyber warfare is any ing etc to name a few are the drivers of the future weapon technolo- virtual conflict initiated as a politically motivated attack on enemy’s computer and information systems. Waged via internet, these gies and support systems.

In that, while the above technologies have enhanced capabili- attacks disable financial and organisational systems by stealing or ties of weapon and platforms with higher capacities, reach, accu- altering classified data to undermine networks, web sites and serracy and destructive contents, it was restricted due to absence of vices.’’ Both the definitions have the import of its virtual nature and means of seamless communications and transfer of statistical data purpose is to cause damage and disruption to the opponent as part for net work centricity and battlefield transparency so as to achieve of politico-military strategy in national interests.

It further amplifies it by categorising it into strategic and operasynergies for operational expediency. This technical deficiency was made up by the computers with its global connectivity on internet tional wherein, the strategic being a “campaign of cyber attacks one and digitisation of almost everything concerning matters military entity carries out on another’’, whereas the operational cyber warfare “involves cyber attack on the opponent’s military in context of a physiand associated logistical services.

In consequence, it has been the harbinger of a new doctrinal cal war’’. Besides this there are other definitions which include the cominterface and thought process for conduct of the modern warfare. plicity of the non state actors extremist groups and transnational crimiIt is the digital technology which has brought in revolution of nal organisations who are known to use cyber space in the grey zone.

The conduct of cyber warfare involves sabotage and espionage unimagined proportions on exponential scale adding outer space and cyber domain to the lexicon of warfare. With that, the com- as the two essential activities in the executive space. The espionage plexities of hybrid warfare have got further enhanced ushering in encapsulates illegal exploitation methods used to disable the net works, software, computers, or the internet to steal or acquire clasnew challenges for the nations and military commanders.

The cyber warfare, though still in its infancy, has potential to bring sified information from rival institutions or individuals for military, about political subjugation of the opponent without a typical physical political or financial gains. Whereas, the sabotage involves disrupbattle and yet achieve much more than what is expected in a conven- tion of normal operations and equipment such as communications, tional face-off. The scope of the cyber intrusion goes beyond military fuel, power and transportation infrastructures.

The entire set of activities are done silently without any pre objectives with its capabilities to incapacitate the support structures and economic activities which are essential for a country to conduct information or battle indications as is the case with the conventionmilitary operations. Apropos there are almost 120 countries who are al warfare. Moreover, such attacks can be executed from anywhere seized with the import of power of the cyber space and out of these across the world thereby defying the barriers of physical boundaries around 30 nations are known to be proactive to work out their strate- of the sovereign nations. Hence, the cyber warfare is a silent killer sans any frontiers in its construct. gies and doctrines of cyber warfare in their military matrix.

INDIAN DEFENCE

“Our view is that cyber is another operational domain, much as the seas are, much as the land is, much as the space is” —Admiral Mike Roger (NSA Chief)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

UNSW Canberra

Cyber Warfare— The Silent Strategic Weapon without Frontiers

REGIONAL BALANCE

14

Wikipedia

CONTENTS

Nuclear Calculus and its Imperatives

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

15

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 67

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

E

ver since the scienily revolves around her nuclear Lt General Rameshwar Yadav (Retd) tists have understood the weapon capabilities and its docpotential of the radioactrine of employment, which in tive elements as source of energy, there has been an turn impacts on her political buoyancy and concomitant barunprecedented quest to harness the power of nature both gaining strength. for service of the humanity as well as its destruction.

The nuclear weapons are weapons of mass destruction which What come to mind as the first thought, when word ‘Nuclear’ is have capability to inflict millions of casualties in much shorter time mentioned, its punitive dimensions as demonstrated in first ever and would have long lasting impact of radiological fall out. It would nuclear strikes on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in August 1945. While it also have secondary effects of nuclear holocaust including nuclear brought an end to bloodshed and madness of second world war, it famine and societal collapse. The end state would be most devasalso paved way of a new doctrine of nuclear deterrence which has tating which cannot be retrieved and would be a catastrophe for ensured global powers refraining from cognitive conflict of higher human survival. So far only two nuclear weapons have been used dimensions for more than seven decades. by the US on Japan at the end of the World War II in Japan resulting Conceptually, it has created a threat in being of very high in death of approximately 1,20,000 people. devastating potential imposing utmost caution and has raised the The power of nuclear weapon as demonstrated by the US, threshold to embark upon military action which otherwise, could prompted other nations to seek power parity with their rival have precipitated easily due to perceived antagonist political con- camps on commencement of the cold war in immediate aftermath tingencies amongst the rivals. Accordingly, the nuclear dimension of the Second World war. The Soviet Union followed the US in in the lexicon of warfare has brought in a kind of positive synergies developing nuclear capability and tested nuclear weapon in 1949 which has resulted in the peace dividends across the world so far. At which was a replica of American plutonium bomb dropped over the same time it has created two distinct camps of those who ‘Have Japan. The NATO allies of the US, namely UK and France also it’ and those who ‘Don’t Have it’, putting later at an unbridgeable graduated to nuclear powers status in 1952 and 1960 respectively. power differential as compared to the former. Apropos, conceptual With that the nuclear technology proliferated with direct as well imperatives of war between two nuclear powers, a nuclear and a as clandestine support of the educated world on this subject. non nuclear power, and two non nuclear nations have different Subsequently, China in 1964, India in 1974 and 1998, and Pakistan connotations all together. in 1998 demonstrated their nuclear capabilities. North Korea and Such a situation has prompted nations to either align them- Iran are also known to be developing their nuclear weapons and selves to the nuclear powers for their security umbrella, or their delivery means in the recent times. develop their own nuclear potential, albeit with tacit support Israel is also believed to have technology to build nuclear weapof their friends from the nuclear camp. There are also cases ons, though they have not admitted it officially. The South Africa wherein nuclear capability is known to have been acquired had developed nuclear weapon capability in 1970s but they chose through clandestine means and grey nuclear market. The tech- to abandon their production after having destroyed their stocks. nologies and capabilities of nuclear powers have remained There was mass scale proliferation of nuclear weapon right up to under shroud of secrecy for obvious reasons. Hence, whatever mid 1980s at the height of Cold War. It was assessed that there were literature is available on this subject in the open domain is only approximately 40,000 nuclear war heads with a combined exploindicative in nature and has shadows of guesswork and specula- sive yield of 13,000 megatonnes as per one of the United Nation’s tion. The entire gamut of nuclear calculus of a nation primar- reports on disarmament.

TECHNOLOGY

While there are strict protocols to control the nuclear weapons with final authority vested with the highest executives, there are always chances of human error to trigger an unintentional accidental nuclear strike.

CONTENTS

Anoop Kamath

State Sponsored Terrorism— Tactical Weapon?

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

16

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE Non-State Actors GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Who coined the term non-state actors (NSA) remains unclear, but the Oxford English Dictionary says that in international rela-

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 71

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Terrorism There are numerous definitions of terrorism, defined by various countries albeit without global consensus on the issue. In 2014, Saudi Arabia enacted its Terrorism Law, defining terrorism as “Any act carried out by an offender in furtherance of an individual or collective project, directly or indirectly, intended to disturb the public order of the state, or to shake the security of society, or the stability of the state, or to expose its national unity to danger, or to suspend the basic law of governance or some of its articles, or to insult the reputation of the state or its position, or to inflict damage upon one of its public utilities or its natural resources, or to attempt to force a governmental authority to carry out or prevent it from carrying out an action, or to threaten to carry out acts that lead to the named purposes or incite [these acts].” Interestingly, this definition implied terrorism only as acts by an individual or collectively

against the state administration and its authority, without any reference to statesponsored terrorism.

However, in an interview with Washington Post on March 22, 2018, Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman of Saudi Arabia stated that Saudi Arabia’s Western allies urged the country to invest in mosques and madrassas overseas during the Cold War, in an effort to prevent encroachment in Muslim countries by the Soviet Union. He added that successive Saudi governments had lost track of that effort, saying “we have to get it all back” and that funding now comes mostly from Saudi based “foundations,” rather than from the government. This is admission of the already known fact that spread of Wahabism by Saudi Arabia is continuing worldwide.

Wahabism is not the only reason for growth of terrorism but at the same time it cannot be denied that radical Wahabi thought has contributed greatly towards its growth.

During his visit to India in October 2018, UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres, denounced terrorism as a plague that affects the world. With no consensus on the definition of terrorism in the UN, he said while there is zero tolerance towards terrorism, defining the term has been a complex problem. He said the definition of terrorism had not yet been coined, adding, “It is true we never managed to have a true convention because of the definition.” India, having proposed the CCIT (Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism) to the UN, had raised the issue of definition at the recent UNGA meet. Guterres said UN fully supports India on this. What Guterres, or for that matter anyone would not admit is that reaching global consensus on definition of the terms ‘terrorism’ is unlikely, considering that one man’s terrorist is termed freedom fighter by the other. Moreover, even if such consensus is achieved through majority vote, its application will be much more complex than the NPT and the UN Convention on Chemical and Biological Weapons – both of which stand violated even by some P-5 member nations.

Katoch (retd)

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

errorism is as old as man Lt General P.C. kind. In the 1st Century, Sicari zealots undertook assassinations for the Roman Empire. The term ‘terrorism’ first emerged during the French Revolution’s ‘Reign of Terror’ wherein the state employed Jacobites for violence and mass executions (guillotine). This term associated only with state violence and intimidation, lasted till mid-19th century. Later, terrorism got associated with non-governmental groups; anarchism often in league with nationalism and anti-monarchism. Towards end 19th Century, anarchists assassinated the Russian Tsar and a US President.

During the 20th Century, terrorism continued to be associated with anarchists, socialist, fascist and nationalist groups - many in Third World as anti-colonials. This century also saw genocide in communist countries and Nazi Germany. But eventually, the US and West pushed for consensus ‘generic’ definition of ‘terrorism’ that would largely or completely exclude state entities. That this was by design to specifically exclude their own support to terrorist organisations and terrorist acts became evident later, which has been discussed in subsequent paragraphs.

TECHNOLOGY

What Guterres, or for that matter anyone would not admit is that reaching global consensus on definition of the terms ‘terrorism’ is unlikely, considering that one man’s terrorist is termed freedom fighter by the other.

CONTENTS

The tenth Defence Whitepaper was released by China on July 24, 2019. From 1998 to 2010 China has issued a defence white paper every two years. The previous Whitepaper was published in 2015.

Lt General Subrata Saha (Retd), Military Expert and Consulting Editor, SP’s Military Yearbook analyses the White Paper put out by China.

T

oday, with their has entered a new era.

The State Council Information Office interests and securiThe Chinese government of the People’s Republic of China July 2019, ty intertwined, peois issuing China’s National ple across the world Defense in the New Era to First Edition 2019 are becoming memexpound on China’s defensive bers of community national defence policy and witha shared future. China is at a critical stage of completing the explain the practice, purposes and significance of China’s efforts to building of a moderately prosperous society in all respects and build a fortified national defence and a strong military, with a view embarking on a journey of building a modernised socialist coun- to helping the international community better understand China’s try in an all-round way. Socialism and Chinese characteristics national defence.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY

China’s National Defense in the New Era

BUSINESS

eng.chinamil.com.cn /Hu Jing & Sun Zhenqi

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

17

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 75

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

1. China is keen to position itself as the pivot for “world peace”, but with clear red lines defined on its core “sovereignty, security, and development interests.” There is an endeavour to balance peaceful intentions and great power aspirations 2. China believes that “configuration of strategic power is becoming more balanced”. There is new found confidence in China’s military power, consequent to technological advancements, modernisation, structural changes in command and control and extensive training of the PLA. 3. At the same time the paper also highlights China’s perceived risks from technological surprise and growing technological generation gap. It acknowledges PLA’s lagging mechanisation and it has to develop capabilities moving ahead from ‘informationisation’ to ‘intelligent warfare’. China’s rapid progress in developing unmanned systems, AI and robotics manifests in its outlook for future wars.

4. The paper emphasises on “intensification of global military competition” and blames US for “undermining global strategic stability”.

5. Modernisation and restructuring of the armed forces is in line with Xi Jinping’s thinking of China’s future. In addition to evolving threats, priority is on loyalty to the Chinese Communist party, with emphasis on core military functions, discipline and curbing corruption.

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Some distinct inferences can be drawn from the 2019 Whitepaper:

INDIAN DEFENCE

EXPERT COMMENT

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section two

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Technology Contents

103 109 113 117 121

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

97

INDIAN DEFENCE

93

REGIONAL BALANCE

One Satellites—The Force Multiplier in Space Two Ballistic Missile Defence—Affordable Options and Technologies Three A Growing Variety of Weaponry—Future Trends in Air Armament Four Role of Hypersonic Weapons in Future Wars Five Emerging Technologies for Future Submarines and AUVS Six The Future Super Soldier Seven Artificial Intelligence— An India Specific Scan

www.he360.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Satellites— the Force Multiplier in Space

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

1

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 93

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

O

n the early morning of is in addition to the existing Army, Lt General (Dr) Rajesh Pant (Retd) December 5, 2018, the Navy, Air Force, Marines and Coast Indian Space Research Guard, and comes after the Air Force Organisation (ISRO) launched a multi-band commu- was raised in 1947! This decision, apparently being justified to meet nication satellite weighing a whopping 5,854 kg from the growing threat against US space assets from Russia and China, is the Kourou Spaceport in French Guiana. GSAT-11 was now likely to spur the weaponisation of space and creation of antiIndia’s heaviest satellite so far and is equipped with 32 transpon- satellite weapons as also the other related technologies of reusable ders in the Ku and Ka bands. From the Clarkian dream of antennae launch vehicles and space weapons etc. The existing Outer Space in the sky, the satellite technology today has evolved into a ‘system Treaty of 1967 which bans the military use of space has thus been in the sky’, and is utilised globally for a variety of applications such compromised. This is bound to have very serious ramifications. as voice-video-data communications, broadcast television, navigaThe second major event on December 19 was the successful tion, reconnaissance and weather forecasting, to name the major launch of the Indian Angry Bird or the dedicated satellite GSATones. However, this powerful medium also provides an invaluable 7A for the Indian Air Force (IAF). This military communication asset for the defence sector and some of these applications and satellite launched by ISRO, is aimed at enhancing communication their latest technologies will be discussed in this paper. However, capabilities of the IAF and will prove to be a “force multiplier”. Let the month of December 2018 was arguably the most exciting one in us then first discuss military satellites of the major strategic powers. recent years for satellite technology observers as it witnessed a slew Era of Exclusive Military Satellites of major achievements worldwide.

The next major event in December was the launch by China Any artificial satellite being used for military purpose is termed a of its first communication satellite to provide broadband Internet military satellite. Although there are approximately one thousand services worldwide, in a bid to rival Google and other international satellites in orbit, and some like the GPS are dual use satellites, it is firms. This satellite was launched on December 22 from a Long estimated that as of January 2019 there are 320 military or dual use March 11 carrier rocket from the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Centre satellites in the sky, half of which are owned by USA, followed by in north-western China. It is the first of the Hongyun project which Russia, China and India. aims to build a space based communication network to provide United States broadband internet connectivity to users around the world.

In the same month, and across the Pacific, another major event On August 9, 2018, Vice President Pence had announced that the occurred, this time by a private agency. SpaceX launched the US US had the largest number of military satellites in the world. In fact Air Force’s most powerful GPS satellite ever built. It was the first in his speech gives a lucid account of American space strategy. He a series named Vespucci after the 15th century Italian explorer who had said that the US had 166, while Russia and China had 89 and calculated Earth’s circumference to within 80 km. Lockheed Martin 84 military satellites respectively. It was also said that the National developed this advanced next-generation GPS satellite which is Space Council has been revived and over the past 60 years, the US three times more accurate than previous versions and eight times had assembled the largest and most sophisticated constellation of military and intelligence satellites in the world. In fact the US Air better at anti-jamming.

Two more major developments occurred in December 2018, Force operates a fleet of 77 satellites that the service describes as coincidently on the same day. On December 19, President Trump vital to detecting nuclear detonations and missile launches. They of USA signed a presidential order for creating the sixth indepen- had also pioneered the technology to leverage American power in dent force of the US Defence Forces called the Space Force. This space so as to give their warfighters the intelligence that they need,

TECHNOLOGY

Extra-terrestrial relays can be established in the future…—Arthur C. Clarke (1945)

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 97

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

E

ver since Hitler initiated measures’, ‘command, control and asso Lt General A.P. Singh the missile age with attacks on ciated aspects’ and ‘field infrastructure’ Director General, Army Air Defence, Indian Army London by conventionally armed to support the kill vehicles. BMD is an V-2 Rockets in 1944-45, ballistic integrated layered ballistic missile archimissiles have been preferred as a weapon of strategic tecture that provides multiple opportunities to destroy missiles intimidation. 75 years later, rogue regimes and aspiring and their warheads before they can reach their targets. It includes regional powers hold similar concepts on the role of ballistic land-sea-space based elements to track, target and destroy offenmissiles. Ballistic missiles are much faster than manned aircraft sive ballistic missiles of different ranges, speeds and sizes includand have a much shorter flight time to reach the target with preci- ing cruise missiles. It goes beyond doubt that a BMD system is sion skills. These are ideal weapons of surprise and pre-emptive imperative for us and should have capability to defend national strikes. Therefore, many regimes see these as weapons capable of interests and strategic vulnerabilities against inimical forces. creating fear and terror in economically and militarily stronger It is generally accepted that BMD has extremely high costs opponents. Aspiring regional powers are acquiring ballistic mis- which can escalate more than linearly if the attacker adopts siles as a means of gaining strategic influence through intimida- effective countermeasures. A high confidence lower tier terminal tion. On the other hand, rogue nations are intending to use these BMD is required for key counter-force targets. The most critical missiles with nuclear, biological or chemical (NBC) Warheads. components of BMD are countermeasures resistant detection, The ballistic missile proliferation poses the gravest threat to tracking and fire control radars and satellite based detection regional security. and communication system. Investments in developing these technologies have payoffs not only for BMD but also towards Ballistic Missile Threat conventional air defence.

Missile Defence is a system, weapon, or technology involved in Emerging Challenges: Multiple Independently the detection, tracking, interception & destruction of attacking Targetable Re-entry Vehicle (MIRV) missiles. Originally conceived as a defence against nucleararmed Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles (ICBMs), its application MIRV is a ballistic missile payload containing several warheads, has broadened to include short-range non-nuclear tactical and each capable of being aimed to hit one or a group of targets. By theatre missiles. Principal menace comes from short, medium contrast, a unitary warhead is a single warhead on a single missile. and inter range ballistic missiles. There is global susceptibility as MIRV reduces the effectiveness of an anti-ballistic missile system far as accuracy & foolproof protection is concerned. A Ballistic that relies on intercepting individual warheads. While a MIRV Missile Defence (BMD) system can be overwhelmed by a flurry attacking missile can have multiple warheads, interceptors may of ballistic missiles. Cruise missiles can evade enemy radars by have only one warhead per missile. Thus, in both a military and flying at low altitudes, virtually hugging the terrain. The capabil- an economic sense, MIRVs render anti-ballistic missile system less ity of a nation state to hold out against such a viable threat is not effective, as the costs of maintaining a workable defence against defined by the mere possession of ballistic missiles. The pillars MIRVs would greatly increase, requiring multiple defence misof strategic capability include a trio of ‘warhead and delivery siles for each offensive one. Decoy re-entry vehicles can be used

INDIAN DEFENCE

Ballistic missile proliferation poses the greatest threat to regional security and needs an unfailing & perfect missiles shield against burgeoning nuclear weapons & missiles threats. India must identify its envisaged threats to build a missile defence architecture to enhance its air defence & nuclear deterrence capability and ensure nuclear stability in the subcontinent.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

US Navy

BALLISTIC MISSILE DEFENCE— AFFORDABLE OPTIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES

REGIONAL BALANCE

2

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 103

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

C

ombat aircraft have Still, the quest to improve the Group CAPTain JOSEPH NORONHA (RETD) been a vital component accuracy, lethality and destrucof military power since tive power of air armament is the Second World War and their technological improve- unending. The result will probably be vastly improved weapons as ment continues apace. Only a few nations such as the well as a range of new weaponry and attack options within the next United States (US), its allies, China and Russia either decade or two. possess or are on the way to acquiring the latest fifth-generation Variable Attack stealth fighter aircraft. Yet preliminary work has already begun on the more advanced sixth generation platform. But impressive For instance, Lockheed Martin and the US Air Force (USAF) claim performance and features count for nothing unless the combat to have validated several new advanced variants of weapons for aircraft can effectively engage a variety of air, land and sea tar- the fifth-generation Lockheed Martin F-22 Raptor, such as the gets. At the start of the World War I, aircraft had machine guns to Raytheon AIM-9X short-range air-to-air missile (AAM). The new shoot down airborne adversaries, while grenades or small bombs AIM-9X will have increased range, besides an improved seeker could be manually tossed over the cockpit’s edge onto their foes. that will permit pilots to engage an enemy aircraft even in the rear Over the decades, advanced aiming and guidance systems were quarter. Improved Helmet-Mounted Display Systems (HMDS) will developed and air armament was sought to be made ever more also give combat pilots better “off-bore sight” targeting capability.

Beyond-visual-range (BVR) AAMs are a key capability of air powerful to enable fighter aircraft to consistently execute accurate and lethal attacks. The pinnacle of aerial destructive power was superiority fighter jets and efforts continue to extend their range. reached when US Boeing B-29 Superfortress heavy bombers deto- Raytheon’s AIM-120D Advanced Medium-Range Air-to-Air Missile nated two nuclear bombs over the Japanese cities of Hiroshima (AMRAAM) for instance, has a speed of Mach 4 and can hit targets as far as 160 km away, but needs to be fired much closer range and Nagasaki in August 1945. to improve its kill probability. However, technology will endow a Smart and Specialised forthcoming variant with better long-range precision and a wider Modern air superiority fighters are bristling with specialised muni- attack envelope or “field of regard”. New ramjet-powered hightions such as long-range missiles for beyond-visual-range (BVR) speed AAMs such as the MBDA Meteor and the Chinese PL-15 may engagement and short-range highly agile missiles to shoot down have even larger effective ranges than the AIM-120D. enemy aircraft in close combat, while high rate of fire internal guns When it comes to surface strikes, while various types of missiles come in handy against targets at the very close range. Strike aircraft provide a host of options, the bomb body of 1918 has remained have only a limited suite of these weapons for self-defence, because relatively unchanged. However guidance systems are continuthey need to be laden with missiles, bombs and rockets of various ously being improved to enable pinpoint attacks. The USAF expects types against surface targets. During Operation Desert Storm in its new Northrop Grumman B-21 Raider around the mid-2020s 1991, precision guided munitions (PGMs) with varied guidance and plans to buy at least a hundred of these heavy bombers. The systems were used extensively for the first time. These achieved B-21 will be armed with an upgraded variant of the Lockheed spectacular results. Since then these “smart weapons” have prolif- Martin AGM-158 Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile (JASSM). The erated and no major air force can do without them.

JASSM-XR, expected to be ready by 2023, will weigh about 2,300 kg

INDIAN DEFENCE

Modern air superiority fighters are bristling with specialised munitions such as long-range missiles for beyondvisual-range (BVR) engagement and short-range highly agile missiles to shoot down enemy aircraft in close combat, while high rate of fire internal guns come in handy against targets at the very close range.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

MBDA

A GROWING VARIETY OF WEAPONRY—FUTURE TRENDS IN AIR ARMAMENT

REGIONAL BALANCE

3

Lockheed Martin

CONTENTS

Role of Hypersonic Weapons in Future Wars

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 109

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

The hypersonic weapons have such speeds that can allow them to strike anywhere on the earth in under an hour.

Currently, two verticals of Hypersonic weapons are being developed. These are Hypersonic Cruise Missiles (HCMs) and Hypersonic Glide Vehicles (HGVs).

A conventional cruise missile is a guided missile used against terrestrial targets which remains in the atmosphere and flies the major portion of its flight path at constant speed. It can deliver a warhead with precision over long ranges. The Hypersonic Cruise Missile is a typical cruise missile which is “all the way powered” to achieve hypersonic speeds of Mach 5 or higher.

Talking of higher speeds, it is reported that the Russian Hypersonic cruise missile Kh-47 M2 is capable of reaching up to Mach 10 (12,348 kmph) and can carry a warhead to a range of 2,000 km. In September 2018, China is reported to have tested three versions of its hypersonic cruise missiles D18-1S, D-18-2S and D18-3S. Closer home, the BrahMos-II Mark II is an hypersonic cruise missile that is currently under development by BrahMos Aerospace Private Limited. It is designed for a speed of Mach 7 (86,448 kmph).

To achieve the above speeds is a huge challenge. Typical jet engines are based on ramjet air breathing technology. Such engines when moved at high speed (for example as the aircraft moves for takeoff ) use the high pressure in front of the engine to force the air through a tube where it is heated by combusting some of it with fuel. It is then passed through a nozzle to accelerate it to supersonic speeds. This acceleration gives the ramjet its forward thrust. The ramjets can produce speeds up to Mach 3 or Mach 4 due to the fact that the airflow in the engine’s combustion chamber is to be decelerated to subsonic speeds.

To achieve hypersonic speeds, Supersonic Combustion Ramjet (SCRAMJET) Engines have been designed. Such engines, though operate on the same principle of ramjet air breathing engines, these have the capability to support the combustion of supersonic air flows in their combustion chambers. When such air flows are made to pass through escape nozzles they produce significantly higher acceleration propelling the missiles at speeds that reach hypersonic

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The Concept of Hypersonic Weapons By definition, a hypersonic vehicle is the one that can fly at speeds greater than 5,000 kmph (more than 5 Mach). Such a speed is equivalent to about one mile (1.6 km) in one second. These weapons fly low remaining in the endo-atmospheric region (generally at altitudes below about 90 km), thereby reducing the chances of their detection by radar systems. For a rough comparison, the commercial airliners fly at sub sonic speeds whereas the modern fighter jets fly at the supersonic speeds of 2-3 Mach (F-35 has a maximum speed of 1.6 Mach, while J-20 has a maximum speed of 2.5 Mach).

Saxena (Retd)

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

W

hile the “technologi Lt General V.K. cal empowerment” of the weapons of war is a continuous process which keeps unfolding as the time rolls and as newer and better techniques become available, there are occasions when the said empowerment brings about such a paradigm enhancement in the overall war-fighting capability, that it significantly changes the way the warfare used to be conducted in the vertical where the weapon belongs. When this happens, something of a revolution is said to have come about.

One such revolution was witnessed in the last decade when the Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) made a foray into the world of aerial combat against a palpable opposition from the pilot community. How the so called “dull dirty and the dangerous” UAS have grown in their combat virtues and how these have come to define the future course of aerial combat is all well known today.

Another similar revolution which seems to be in the making is the advent of hypersonic weapons in the future battlefields. Experts opine, that when these machines bloom to their full potential, they will have the capability to make the entire range of currently held missile defences of the nations “redundant” and “incapable” of countering such weapons. No wonder, hypersonic weapons are called “invincible and unstoppable”.

This article examines the issue of hypersonic weapons and assesses their likely impact in the future wars.

TECHNOLOGY

By definition, a hypersonic vehicle is the one that can fly at speeds greater than 5000 km/hr (more than 5 Mach).

Such a speed is equivalent to about one mile (1.6 km) in one second.

noc.ac.uk

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Emerging Technologies for Future Submarines and AUVs

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

5

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 113

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

N

otwithstanding the marine in an immersive environ Commodore Mukesh Bhargava (Retd) perils that lie in the ment and make design, layout, trade of submariners, maintainability and accessibility submarines and under water navigation has been the improvements as required. The users can also have a touch and ultimate dream of all seafarers since time immemorial. feel of the submarine and give recommendations from operations But it was not until the beginning of the twentieth cen- and exploitation view point even before the steel is cut. The requiretury that inventors succeeded in developing practical submarines ments of degutting-re-gutting of the submarine during exploitation that could stay underwater for reasonably long period to be consid- can also be catered at the design stage itself. In future, one can ered effective as a war fighting vessel. With the onset of World War I, expect the Virtual Reality immersive environment getting blended nations saw the deadly effectiveness of these underwater vessels, as with the Real World through HoloLens (Microsoft) creating a mixed German U-boats threatened to starve Britain and ultimately forced reality experience for submarine designers. This would change the the US into war, thus highlighting the significance of submarine concept of submarine design in future. operations as a doctrine for winning wars at sea. A generation later, ‘Life-of-Ship’ Reactor Core in World War II, the German U-boats came back to create havoc by launching numerous attacks on the Allied Fleets in the Atlantic, The US Navy is accelerating the development and construction while in the Pacific, US submarines literally put Japanese fleet out of its new Columbia class SSBNs to attain the goal of engineerof business. Presently, in the nuclear age, the nuclear submarine ing the most lethal, high-tech and advanced SSBN the world has became the most powerful weapon of war ever created – to serve ever seen. These submarines will enter service by 2031 and serve as the deterrent force that, paradoxically, alone can maintain and well into the 2080s and beyond. The new submarines are being designed for 42 years of service life thus engineering a reactor sustain peace in the region.

Navies across the globe have acknowledged this steel mon- core that would last for the ‘life-of-ship’, thus ruling out requirester as the most lethal and strategic platform in naval warfare. ment of mid-life refuelling. This would enable US Navy to build On the one hand, the curtailment of defence funds globally has just 12 SSBNs and still be able to have the same sea presence/opsled to the reduction of number of vessels on order and on the availability as the current fleet of 14 ballistic missile Ohio class other hand, the quest for improvements in performance, stealth submarines thereby bringing in saving of $40 billion in acquisition and strike capability has driven the demand for newer technolo- and life-cycle cost for the programme. gies to be developed and adopted onboard submarines to stay Underwater Detection Capabilities ahead in the race for supremacy in the deep oceans. Succeeding paragraphs contain the narratives of some of the new technolo- New detection techniques are emerging that don’t rely on the gies being developed across the globe in the field of unmanned noise a submarine makes and may make traditional manned underwater vessels, weapons, sensors, propulsion systems, etc. submarine operations far riskier in the future. These include which would change the exploitation pattern and operational increased use of lower frequency active sonar and non-acoustic methods of detecting submarine wakes at short ranges. In parcycle of the future submarines. ticular, is the technique of bouncing laser light or light-emittingMixed Reality – Submarine Design diodes off a submarine hull to detect its presence. The physics The contemporary submarine designers use virtual reality that behind most of these alternative techniques has been known for enables the designer to have a virtual walk-through of the sub- decades, but was not exploited because computer processors

TECHNOLOGY

“Of all the branches of men in the forces, there is none that shows more devotion and faces grimmer perils than the submariners” —Winston Churchill

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Present environment is already witnessing robotic platforms, laser weapons, laser satellites, quantum communications and cyber-copters. Terrorists are using drone swarms effectively for surveillance and inflicting casualties. Microwave and plasma weapons have been developed. There are advancements in electromagnetic mind control weapons, to influence human behaviour. Keeping such environment in mind, armies have been working on future soldier programmes; self-contained soldiers who are weapon platforms with considerable firepower, who can exploit technology for situational awareness and targeting, and can survive in the future battlefield environment over protracted periods, some of which are discussed in succeeding paragraphs.

TECHNOLOGY

Katoch (Retd)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 117

INDIAN DEFENCE

United States United States launched the ‘Future Soldier’ in 1990s as a multination military soldier project for itself and its allies. It envisaged equipping soldiers with integrated set of high-technology uniforms and equipment, linked to an array of real-time and archived battlefield information resources, enhanced versions of existing equipment and possible new equipment and new technologies that come up in future. A series of international exhibitions were held on Future Soldier, also to address interoperability of multinational forces. The last international exhibition was held in Prague, Czech Republic, during 2012. However, in early 2016, the ‘Future Soldier’ project was abandoned due to budgetary constraints.

‘Future Force Warrior’ (FFW) was US Military’s advanced technology demonstration project; part of its ‘Future Combat Systems’ programme. FFW envisioned radical use of technologies like nanotechnology, powered exoskeletons and magnetorheological fluidbased body armour to provide infantry with significantly higher force multipliers than the adversary. The first phase of the project involved development of technologies to help reduce the soldier’s fighting load, power requirements and improving protection, lethality, and environmental and situational awareness, with planned

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

A

t a time when who between Lt General P.C. US and China will win the hi-tech war is a subject of intense debate, supremacy in following arenas is being discussed as winning factors: supercomputers – that besides other uses are critical to military tasks like simulating impact of nuclear explosions down to the molecular level and designing advanced aircraft; microchips – which are core of all modern information technology (IT); artificial intelligence (AI) in conflict; 5G telecommunication networks, where China is looking to dominate the 5G future by setting core technical standards that the rest of the world may have to accept, and; building a large-scale quantum computer that can outperform the fastest supercomputers. All these factors are as relevant for US-China, but the struggle for high-tech supremacy over everything from robotics and advanced telecommunications to artificial intelligence, supercomputers and quantum computers of the future affects all armies worldwide.

The future soldier must be prepared for short, swift, hi-tech wars where weapons will have increased ranges, accuracy and lethality, and space and time continuum will be greatly compressed. Situational awareness and battlefield transparency will be of high degree. Conflict will shift from platform-centric to networkcentric enabling simultaneous handling of strategic, operational and tactical levels. Dispersion and deception would have increased importance. Technology will empower terrorists to cause severe damage. Conflict will be five dimensional; aerospace, land, sea, cyber and electromagnetic. Information Warfare will include network-centric warfare, C4I2 warfare, electronic warfare, cyber warfare, other forms of operationalised cyberspace plus non-contact warfare. Space combat, cyberspace combat, radiation combat, robotic combat, nano-technology combat will add to forms of combat. States will continue to employ hi-tech irregular forces as part of asymmetric wars. Information superiority therefore will be as important as land, sea, aerospace superiority.

BUSINESS

Armies have been working on future soldier programmes; self-contained soldiers who are weapon platforms with considerable firepower, who can exploit technology for situational awareness and targeting and can survive in the future battlefield environment over protracted periods

REGIONAL BALANCE

Ministero della Difesa

The Future Super Soldier

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Kulshrestha (retd)

the arena of research space occupied by AI, lies Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) which aims at building machines which can perform any function and task that the human being can do.

Militaries are looking at AI for enabling new force-multipliers as well as for achieving economies of scale and bringing down the acquisition costs of existing AI capabilities. Many weapons systems are operational today which have been enabled by AI, as an illustration: Sea Hunter, a trimaran of the US Navy, (a Medium Displacement Unmanned Surface Vehicle, MDSUV) became the first ship without a crew to sail from San Diego, California, to Pearl Harbour, Hawaii and back. The US Navy has been developing it as an Anti-submarine Warfare Continuous Trail Unmanned Vessel (ACTUV). In future Sea Hunter type vessels would provide useful options for monitoring submarine activity across the oceans and for Electronic Warfare Support measures. The South Korean military robot sentry SGR-A1, designed by Samsung, can challenge humans for a spoken password and, if it does not recognise the correct password, it can shoot with rubber bullets or lethal ammunition. It has been deployed in the demilitarised zone between North and South Korea. Also, the X-47B; the experimental strike aircraft developed by Northrop Grumman under the US Navy’s Unmanned Combat Air System (UCAS) Carrier Demonstration programme; has successfully demonstrated aircraft carrier launch and recovery and autonomous aerial refuelling. The US Navy has decided to change the role of X-47B from a surveillance and strike aircraft into reconnaissance and aerial refuelling drone with ‘limited strike capability’.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 121

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

A

rtificial intelli Rear Admiral Dr S. gence (AI) algorithms have permeated the lives of the common man to a significant degree. From reducing typing effort by suggesting words, smart keyboards (voice activated typing), voice-activated assistants, background algorithms pushing out targeted advertisements or buying ideas and choices to smart devices and banking AI is slowly impacting the lives of citizens in many positive ways. While Machine Learning (ML) is fundamental to AI applications of specific nature, some other disciplines of AI include: Natural Language Processing (NLP), Human-Robot Interactions & Robotics, Computer Vision, Multi-agent Systems, Search and Planning, Knowledge Representation and Reasoning (KRR), and Social Media Analysis.

Belfer Center of US carried out a study ‘Artificial Intelligence and National Security’ for the Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity (IARPA) and has brought out four critical drivers behind the rapid progress in AI technology namely: decades of exponential growth in computing performance increased availability of large datasets upon which to train machine learning systems, advances in the implementation of machine learning techniques, and significant and rapidly increasing commercial investment.

Some characteristics of AI are unique for example: many of its application can be used both for the civilian and military applications with ease (e.g. image recognition algorithms); AI works in the background implying thereby that the algorithms are embedded in the software therefore it may not be obvious from the product per se that AI has been used in it; and the fact that AI has applications in almost all the fields of science and technology. Amidst

INDIAN DEFENCE

One Hundred Year Study on Artificial Intelligence (AI100) –Report of the 2015 Study Panel, Stanford University

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Contrary to the more fantastic predictions for AI in the popular press, the Study Panel found no cause for concern that AI is an imminent threat to humankind. No machines with self-sustaining long-term goals and intent have been developed, nor are they likely to be developed in the near future. Instead, increasingly useful applications of AI, with potentially profound positive impacts on our society and economy are likely to emerge between now and 2030……

REGIONAL BALANCE

Northrop Grumman

Artificial Intelligence— An India Specific Scan

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

7

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section three

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Business Contents

Three Modernisation of the Indian Air Force

137 141

Four

Indian Army—Pangs of Modernisation

147

Five

India’s Maritime Interests Amidst Power Play in Indo-Pacific

153

Six Self Reliance in Military Hardware— Time for Radical Measures

157

Self-Reliance in the Aerospace Sector

161

Eight Strategic Partnership in Defence Production— Challenges Ahead

165

Seven

INDIAN DEFENCE

India’s Defence Budget 2019-20

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Two

125

REGIONAL BALANCE

One India’s Strategic and Business Environment

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

India China Relations – Post Wuhan Reset But Concerns Continue After the 73 day troop standoff in 2017, there was a strategic reset of India China relations in 2018. Prime Minister of India Narendra Modi and President of People's Republic of China, Xi Jinping held their first Informal Summit in Wuhan on April 27-28, 2018. The two leaders reviewed the entire gamut of relations and with reference to defence relations as indicated by the Indian statement, “they issued strategic guidance to their respective militaries to strengthen communication in order to build trust and mutual understanding and enhance predictability and effectiveness in the management of border affairs”.

“The two leaders further directed their militaries to earnestly implement various confidence building measures agreed upon between the two sides, including the principle of mutual and equal security and strengthen existing institutional arrangements and information sharing mechanisms to prevent incidents in border regions,” as per

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 125

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Ocean region. The Indian Air Force Exercise Gagan Shakti was the talk of the year successfully validating ability to manage operations simultaneously on two fronts. Yet the dwindling number of fighter squadrons means that the IAF will remain two-thirds of the desired strength for some years to come.

This is the grey zone that all three services are likely to face due to limited budgetary allocations, a hierarchal procurement procedure where following the process has assumed even greater importance due to ongoing controversies having political resonance. The felt need for sustained acquisitions is accepted especially through indigenous capacity development of public and private defence industry. There is an attempt to create a level playing field and acquire technologies from abroad as well as encourage indigenous talent through various start up challenges and drone competitions, how these will be progressed in the coming years needs some consideration and is covered in the succeeding paragraphs.

BUSINESS

Bhonsle (Retd)

INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he Year 2018 saw some Brigadier Rahul major progressions in building state capability at the apex level from strategic deterrence to new consultative and coordinating mechanisms for higher direction of security as the Defence Planning Committee (DPC). The proclamation of completion of India’s nuclear triad

by Prime Minister Narendra Modi was perhaps the key event in this sphere filling a key void that had prevailed for a long period.

Complemented by three tests of the Agni-V Long Range Ballistic Missile and the upgraded Mirage 2000 completion of the Indian nuclear triad and a second strike capability has considerably enhanced deterrence. The threat panorama however continues to be a major concern given the “collusive threat,” implying a joint China-Pakistan axis that identified by the Indian Army Doctrine released in November 2018, there is a need for not only upgrading the strategic but also multi domain capabilities highlighted by the brutal terrorist attack 14 February 14, 2019, in the Kashmir Valley that led to the unfortunate death of 40 Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) personnel in a vehicle-borne IED attack by a suicide bomber. The nature of challenges for modern armed forces have transformed to what can be called as hybrid warfare though no standard definition for the same is yet available – but the important factor is capability building in the short term is emphasised.

The Indian Ocean region (IOR) gained salience with the United States taking a number of legislative initiatives such as the ARIA Act and renaming of the Pacific Command based in Hawaii as the IndoPacific Command. China’s People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Navy has increased the number of missions in the Indian Ocean having acquired the first naval base in Djibouti. PLA Navy is foraying into the blue waters with submarines, frigates, destroyers and landing platforms ostensibly for anti-piracy missions. The Indian Navy has responded to this development by adopting much acclaimed Mission Based Deployment has led to sustained presence in the

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The global environment in which we live is challenging and dynamic. Today, the idea of security incorporates economic and energy security, as well as concerns about cyber security, health, food, emerging technologies and the environment. In an increasingly connected world, political, social and economic upheavals beyond our national borders impact our security more strongly than ever before.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

India’s Strategic and Business Environment

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 137

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

P

resenting her maiden economic stability with the headline infla Dr Laxman Kumar Behera budget on July 5, 2019, the tion, fiscal and current account deficits Finance Minister (FM) Nirmala remaining within manageable levels. With Sitharaman kept unchanged the allocation of the Ministry an average growth of 7.5 per cent in the last five years, the Indian of Defence (MoD) at `4,31,011 crore ($61.96 billion), economy is also set to ‘shift gear’ for a sustained growth of eight which was provided to the Ministry in the interim budget per cent per year for the country to become a five trillion dollar on February 1. Nonetheless, she changed the composition of the economy by 2024-25.

MoD’s budget by shifting few elements from one head of expenThe robust GDP growth prospects notwithstanding, there are diture to another. With the overall budget of the MoD remaining several challenges facing the economy, especially on the fronts of same, the FM also changed the basic customs duties for certain job creation, availability of liquidly, infrastructure spending, and defence imports, in an attempt to lessen the resource crunch fac- also in view of the rural and agrarian distress and continuing crisis ing modernisation of the armed forces. This chapter examines the in both banking and non-banking financial sectors. It is in this conIndia’s latest defence allocations, and in so doing, also looks at the text that the latest union budget attempts to spur economic activity distribution pattern of resources, shares of various stakeholders in by providing a host of measures for the affected segments. At the the defence allocation and the possible impact on defence mod- same time, the government has also decided to further contain the ernisation. It also looks at the ‘Make in India’ initiatives announced fiscal deficit target so as to limit the inflationary pressure and allow in the budget that have an impact on defence production. It, how- greater flow of resources for the more productive private sector. As ever, begins with a brief survey of the heath of the Indian economy against the fiscal deficit of 3.3 per of GDP articulated in the interim in order to appreciate the larger context of the defence allocation. budget, the target has further been squeezed to 3.2 per cent.

The twin effects of greater flow of resources to socio-economic State of the Economy sectors to spur economic activity and further squeezing of the fisDespite a slight moderation of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) cal deficit has constrained the Finance Minister from enhancing growth from 7.2 per cent in 2017-18 to 6.8 per cent in 2018-19, the overall allocations for the Ministry of Defence. Though some India remains the fastest growing major economy in the world. The leeway is provided by way of exempting certain defence imports Economic Survey 2018-19, presented to the Parliament on July 4th, from customs duty, it may not be enough, given the vast deficienprojects the GDP to grow even higher at seven per cent in 2019-20, cies existing across the defence service. Suffice to say that in the on the “back of anticipated pickup in the growth in investment and 2018-19, the three armed forces together had projected a shortfall acceleration in the growth of consumption.” The higher growth of `1,12,137 crore, or 30 per cent. To add the shortfalls projected by trajectory of the India economy is particularly impressive especially the DRDO and others, it shoots up further. when the world economic growth is on a constant fall. Further, What is of greater importance for the defence establishment is the impressive forecast of the Indian economy comes with macro- that it is unlikely to see a major growth in its budget in the near- to

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The twin effects of greater flow of resources to socio-economic sectors to spur economic activity and further squeezing of the fiscal deficit has constrained the Finance Minister from enhancing the overall allocations for the Ministry of Defence. Though some leeway is provided by way of exempting certain defence imports from customs duty, it may not be enough, given the vast deficiencies existing across the defence service. What is of greater importance for the defence establishment is that it is unlikely to see a major growth in its budget in the near- to medium-term.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

India’s Defence Budget 2019-20

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 141

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

I

n order to maintain its operationMiG-29 Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (retd) al edge over the likely adversaries, Initiated in 2007, upgrade of the MiGit is important and necessary that 29 fleet of the IAF consisting of 66 the IAF be subjected to a process of comprehensive modernisa- aircraft to MiG-29UPG standard was contracted to RAC MiG of tion of its fleet of aircraft, weapon systems and supporting infra- Russia at a cost of $964 million (`6,266 crore). The upgrade of the structure. Over the years, the effort by the IAF at modernisation fleet was scheduled to be completed in 2016. However, the project has essentially been at transformation from a sub-continental is running behind schedule. The upgraded MiG-29 aircraft will have tactical air force to an intercontinental strategic aerospace power higher fuel capacity, new Zhuk-ME radar, contemporary avionics, to cope with the vastly enhanced roles and responsibilities and to an in-flight refuelling probe as well as new RD-33 Series III turbojet fulfill national aspirations as well as to be prepared to take on the engines enhancing multirole capabilities by many-fold. After the challenges of the evolving geopolitical and security scenarios. In delivery of the upgraded MiG-29 aircraft from Russia, the remaining the pursuit of these noble but challenging objectives, the IAF has aircraft are being upgraded at the Base Repair Depot of the IAF. In drawn up a comprehensive Long-Term Perspective Plan (LTPP) to the meantime, the IAF has initiated a proposal to acquire 21 brand cover the period up to the year 2027 for modernisation of its assets new MiG-29UPG from Russia to equip the fourth squadron. Priced across the board. The modernisation plan of the IAF encompasses at `285 crore per aircraft, the deal will be worth `6,000 crore. the entire range of hardware including its combat fleet, transport aircraft, rotary-wing fleet, basic and advanced trainers as also a Mirage 2000 variety of force multipliers.

In July 2011, India and France finalised a $2.4 billion deal to upgrade 49 Mirage 2000 aircraft of the IAF to Mirage 2000-5 Mk 2 standard with Combat Aircraft a new Thales RDY-3 radar and new night vision-compatible all-digital The strength of the fleet of combat aircraft for the IAF as sanctioned cockpit. The aircraft will also be equipped with MBDA’s MICA family by the Government, stands at 42, a figure to be achieved by the end of medium-range missiles. Under the upgrade programme, the entire of the Fourteenth Five Year Plan (2022-27). Unfortunately, with the airframe is being stripped down to be re-wired and re-equipped with retirement over the last decade of the MiG-21, MiG-23, MiG-25 and new avionics, mission computers, glass cockpit, helmet-mounted disMiG-27 aircraft that had reached the end of their total technical life plays, electronic warfare suites and of course new weapon systems to and failure of efforts by the IAF over the last 15 years to induct mod- extend and enhance the operational life of the fleet. The first four airern fourth-generation combat aircraft from foreign sources plus the craft have been upgraded in France and delivered to the IAF in March inordinate delay in the LCA Tejas project and the low rate of produc- 2015. The rest are being upgraded by the Hindustan Aeronautics tion by HAL, the strength of the combat fleet in the IAF has come Limited (HAL) with the support and involvement of the original down to 30 squadrons. The IAF indeed has a long way to go to build manufactures (OEM) Dassault Aviation and Thales. The upgrade of up the combat fleet to be able to take on a two-front war with confi- the aircraft is expected to be completed by mid-2021. A separate €959 dence. To be able to take on both Pakistan and China simultaneously, million (`7,193 crore) contract has also been concluded with MBDA the IAF plans to increase the strength of its combat fleet eventually for the supply of 450 MICA air-to-air missiles and 164 Litening-2 tarto 45 squadrons by the end of the Fifteenth Five Year Plan (2027-32). geting pods from Israel’s Rafael for the upgraded Mirage fleet.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Over the years, the effort by the IAF at modernisation has essentially been at transformation from a subcontinental tactical air force to an intercontinental strategic aerospace power to cope with the vastly enhanced roles and responsibilities and to fulfill national aspirations as well as to be prepared to take on the challenges of the evolving geopolitical and security scenarios.

REGIONAL BALANCE

IAI

Modernisation of the Indian Air Force

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 147

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he Indian Army has been Further, the Indian Army has re brigadier vinod anand (retd) undergoing modernisation for worked its next five years plan (2018past two decades in the wake 2023) to meet operational challenges of Kargil conflict of 1999 that had given a degree of impe- along India’s frontier with China in the wake of Doklam standtus to upgrading of our armed forces. Notwithstanding the off. The priority has been given to infrastructure development, efforts made by our politico-military leadership in hasten- improvement of border roads and logistics. Emphasis on capabiling the process of modernisation, the progress in such endeavours ity development, with induction of suitable infantry weapons and have not borne the desired results. Needless to say that moderni- equipment for night fighting and improved intelligence and surveilsation of defence forces occurs in a number of contexts; there are lance equipment has been planned for. geopolitical and economic factors which are again linked to socioBudgetary Constraints cultural contexts. Further, while modernising the armed forces it is also imperative that an assessment of security environment that It is also well known that army or for that matter the defence forces looks at the likely threats and nature of war and conflict be carried are seldom allotted the budgetary funds as demanded because out and adequate capabilities within the armed forces be created to there are other sectors in the civil which compete for the same meet the full spectrum of likely threats and challenges of the future. Government funds. Therefore, political leadership has to be quite suave in apportioning the budgetary support to civil and defence Updating Army Doctrine & Assessment of sectors. However, it can be seen that defence budgets as a percentThreats & Challenges age of nation’s GDP have been going down for last several years Indian Army came out with its new version of Land Warfare which has had a negative impact on modernisation of armed forces.

Doctrine in 2018 that among many other aspects defines the future For instance the Parliament’s Standing Committee on Defence security challenges facing the Indian Army. A collusive threat from (SCD) observed that “In the Budget Estimates (BE) 2018-19, the total our adversaries has been flagged as the “greatest danger to our projection made by Army (including Revenue and Capital Budget) nation as well as internal instability due to state/non-state spon- is `1,96,387.36 crore. The allocation made against this projection is sored proxy war, thus imposing multi front challenges in various `1,53,875.22 crore. This amounts to a shortfall of `42,512.14 crore dimensions, ranging from warfare in the non-contact domain, to or a ‘budget deficit’ of nearly 23 per cent vis-à-vis the projection. an all-out full spectrum war”. Indian Army also needs to imbibe Keeping in view the increasing threat perception, which includes technology, develop technical manpower to meet the challenges various occurrences of external strife and internal dissidence such as of highly digitalised battlefield. The Army has also been striving to Doklam, increased external activities in Tibet over a year, rampant build deterrence capabilities in non-contact domains of conflict cross border firing, militant activities etc. the current budget is not i.e. cyber, space and information warfare as well as for hybrid supportive to the inevitable needs of the Army.” nature of warfare. Achieving dominance in information and cyber There were many other observations made by the SCD regarddomains has become inescapable for prosecution of our defensive ing the possibilities of ‘Two Front War’ and accumulation of suband offensive operations for realising our military/national objec- stantial deficiency of weapons, stores and ammunition. The SCD tives and policies. members also pointed out with concern that such a situation has

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

“Greatest danger to our nation as well as internal instability due to state/non-state sponsored proxy war, thus imposing multi front challenges in various dimensions, ranging from warfare in the non-contact domain, to an allout full spectrum war.”

Land Warfare Doctrine-2018

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

Indian Army— Pangs of Modernisation

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Cochin Shipyard Limited

INDIA’S MARITIME INTERESTS AMIDST POWER PLAY IN INDO-PACIFIC

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

5

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 153

BUSINESS

Quadrilateral Security Alliance The Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QSD), better known as the “Quad”, started as a strategic dialogue in 2007 and the first meeting was held in May that year. The dialogue members included India, the US, Australia and Japan. Due to the absence of an agenda, no subsequent meeting was held. Beijing, however, was critical and sought clarifications about the intentions of the grouping. Australia clarified that it was going to endorse the Quadrilateral as a cooperative undertaking on peacekeeping and economic issues and not a strategic or military grouping. India, too, sought to dispel doubts by telling then Chinese president Hu Jintao that the Quad was more about sharing democratic experiences than a security arrangement directed at China. After the Labour Party came to power in November 2007, Australia pulled out of Quadrilateral. There was little hope of its revival. Interestingly, exactly a decade later, the ‘Quad’ came full circle from starting hesitantly and then being abandoned to its eventual revival in November 2017. During the 2017 ASEAN Summit, all four former members rejoined in negotiations to revive the quadrilateral alliance. With Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull of Australia, Prime Minister Shinzo Abe of Japan, Prime Minister Narendra Modi of India, and President Donald Trump of the United States agreeing in Manila to revive the security pact because of rising tensions in the South China Sea caused primarily

by Chinese territorial ambitions. Convened around the theme of a “free and open Indo-Pacific,” the first quadrilateral meeting, held at senior officials’ level, addressed seven core themes: the rules-based

INDIAN DEFENCE

when India and China work together in trust and confidence, sensitive to each other’s interests”. The Prime Minister said that the Indo-Pacific was a natural region and the ten countries of Southeast Asia (ASEAN) connected the two great oceans in both the geographical and civilisation sense. He emphasised that inclusiveness, openness and ASEAN centrality and unity laid at the heart of new Indo-Pacific. This was a clear articulation of India’s interest in the Indo-Pacific and how it looks to the future without any strategic inclining towards any of the power centres.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Indian Outlook in Indo-Pacific Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi led the strongest-ever lineup of ministers at SLD, Asia’s premier defence summit. In his keynote address, the Prime Minister said, “India’s global strategic partnership with the United States has overcome the hesitations of history and continues to deepen across the extraordinary breadth of our relationship. It has assumed new significance in the changing world and an important pillar of this partnership is our shared vision of an open, stable, secure and prosperous Indo-Pacific Region.” He also emphasised the importance of strong and stable relationship between India and China and said, “In April (2018), a two-day informal summit with President Xi helped us cement our understanding that strong and stable relations between our two nations are an important factor for global peace and progress.

I firmly believe that Asia and the world will have a better future

Pattanaik (Retd)

REGIONAL BALANCE

A

merica’s acute strate Vice Admiral R.K. gic concern in the IndoPacific is evident in some of the major policy shifts and aggressive economic posturing against China by the Trump administration, especially during the last couple of years. During the Shangri-La Dialogue (SLD) in Singapore, held between June 1 and 3, 2018, the most prominent issue was the US concept of a Free and Open Indo-Pacific Strategy (FOIP). Though US Defence Secretary, James Mattis offered some clarity on FOIP in his address at the SLD, there still remained significant questions about the strategy, its future prospects, and the role that the region, particularly Southeast Asia, will play in Washington’s approach. Chinese aggressive economic as well as military stance and American counter strategy concerns all stakeholders looking for peace and prosperity in the region. India, Japan, Australia, ASEAN countries and most maritime nations abutting the Indian and Pacific Oceans worry about the possible conflicts over and above the existing non-traditional maritime threats. India’s Chinese dilemma is geo-strategically sensitive and requires deft handling at political, diplomatic and military levels.

TECHNOLOGY

While it may be unavoidable to go for some expensive hardware to reduce the capability gap, India should look for technology which would accelerate its R&D efforts and realise ‘Make in India’ programmes

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 157

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

T

he Government has out harnessing the potential of Major General Mrinal Suman (retd) declared ‘Make in India’ the private sector. For that, two mission to be the cortypes of well defined partnership nerstone of its nation-building initiative and defence models — depending upon the strategic needs, quality criticality manufacturing has rightly been identified as one of the and cost competitiveness — have been advocated. In the case of key sectors. With a view to align and delineate the Defence platforms of strategic importance, ‘Strategic Partnership’ model Procurement Procedure (DPP) towards the achievement of the has been suggested to create capacity in the private sector on a objectives of ‘Make in India’, an expert committee under Dhirendra long term basis; over and above the capacity and infrastructure Singh was constituted by the Ministry of Defence (MoD) in May that exists in the public sector. Likewise, ‘Development Partnership’ 2015. The committee was also asked to evolve the necessary policy model has been suggested in cases where quality is critical and venframework in defence manufacturing and suggest the requisite dor base is very narrow. Many ‘Development Partners’ could aspire changes in DPP-2013 to remove the delay-causing bottlenecks. to attain the status of ‘Strategic Partners’, depending upon their core The committee made four key recommendations to give impe- competence and capacity. tus to the indigenous defence industry. One, it suggested that a Significant Changes Introduced in the conceptual ladder be evolved to correspond to progressive develProcurement Procedure opment of competence level in the defence industry, from the very basic level of repair and maintenance to the level of acquiring After studying the recommendations of the expert commitability to design, develop, manufacture and test systems. Different tee, MoD carried out a review of the procurement procedure. stages in the ladder were duly correlated with various categories in Accordingly, DPP-2016 was promulgated with effect from April 1, 2016, containing a number of innovative provisions to give a the capital procurement as obtaining today.

Two, the committee recommended higher indigenous content boost to the Indian industry. Recognising the need to harness across all defence purchases: doubling it from the current levels the immense potential of manpower and engineering capability of about 35 per cent to nearly 70 per cent in a phased manner. As within the country, it seeks to create an enabling and supportive regards upgradation of in-service systems, the committee wanted environment for attaining self-reliance in design, development its inclusion under the ‘Make’ category, thereby encouraging famil- and manufacturing of the defence systems.

DPP-2016 has adopted a three pronged approach to support iarisation of newer technologies by the industry.

Three, the committee wanted the contents of Technology ‘Make in India’ initiative — institutionalisation, streamlining and Perspective and Capability Roadmap to be more specific as regards simplification of the procedure to promote indigenous design, the nature of equipment/systems that would be required to be development and manufacturing of defence equipment, platforms, inducted/up-graded during the next 15 years. In fact, it suggested systems and sub-systems; refinement of the ‘Make’ procedure that details of all schemes included in five-year Services Capital to ensure increased participation of the Indian industry; and enhancement of the role of MSMEs. Acquisition Plans be shared with the industry.

Creation of a new category called ‘Buy (Indian-IDDM)’ with Finally and most importantly, the committee emphasised that the objectives of ‘Make in India’ could never be achieved with- overriding preference over all other modes of procurement is cer-

INDIAN DEFENCE

DPP-2016 has adopted a three pronged approach to support ‘Make in India’ initiative — institutionalisation, streamlining and simplification of the procedure to promote indigenous design, development and manufacturing of defence equipment, platforms, systems and sub-systems; refinement of the ‘Make’ procedure to ensure increased participation of the Indian industry; and enhancement of the role of MSMEs.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

PIB

Self Reliance in Military Hardware— Time for Radical Measures

REGIONAL BALANCE

6

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 161

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

A

fter the Kargil War, a constituted a committee under Vijay Air Marshal S.B.P. Sinha (Retd) Group of Ministers (GoM) L. Kelkar to examine and recommend considered the recommenchanges in acquisition procedures to dations of the Kargil Review Committee and brought out enable greater participation of the private sector in defence prothat “The present system governing defence acquisitions duction. The Kelkar Committee report submitted on April 5, 2005, suffers from a lack of integrated planning; weaknesses dealt with ‘Strengthening Self Reliance in Defence Preparedness’ in linkages between Plans and Budgets; cumbersome administra- in Part I and ‘Revitalising DPSU and OF’ in Part II that was subtive, technical and financial evaluation procedures and absence of mitted later. The Kelkar Committee’s recommendation of opening dedicated, professionally equipped procurement structure within defence sector for participation by the private sector got incorthe Ministry of Defence (MoD)”. During the implementation of the porated in DPP-2005. Further, DPP-2005 had an ‘Offset Clause’ GoM report, new Defence Procurement Management Structures to mandating 30 per cent offsets in procurements valued at `300 and Systems were created in the MoD commencing from Financial crore or more from foreign original equipment manufacturer Year of 2002-03 to include the Defence Acquisitions Council (DAC) (OEM). This was done with the hope that offsets would bring in chaired by the Raksha Mantri, Defence Procurement Board (DPB) advanced technology and provide impetus to the Indian defence chaired by the Defence Secretary, Defence Production Board industry. Over the years, the DPP has been revised several times. chaired by Secretary DP&S, Defence Research and Development DPP-2016 currently in vogue, claims to have institutionalised, Board chaired by Secretary Defence Research and Development and streamlined and simplified defence procurement procedure to a new Acquisition Wing headed by Special Secretary (Acquisition). give a boost to ‘Make in India’ by a refined ‘Make’ procedure.

This was done with the hope of improving the process of defence DPP-2016 claims to have provided a stimulus for growth of acquisitions and to make India self-reliant in the defence sector. the indigenous defence industry by according highest priority Also, as part of the process of implementation of the GoM report, to Acquisition Category ‘Buy (Indian–IDDM)’ i.e. Indigenously Defence Procurement Procedure (DPP) of 1992 was replaced by Designed, Developed and Manufactured and exclusively reservDPP-2002, which had provisions to process defence acquisitions ing certain category of ‘Make’ projects for MSME. DPP-2016 also under the ‘Buy’ category. After six months, DPP-2002 was amended claims that introduction of several provisions and procedures to include ‘Buy and Make’ category to cover defence acquisitions would make the procurement process more efficient and effecinvolving transfer of imported technology. tive. This claim notwithstanding, the Acquisition Category of ‘Buy (Indian – IDDM)’ still has a very complex process to identify the Enhancing the Efficiency of the DPP ‘Indigenous Content’, a prerequisite to qualify in this category. It is Initially, defence production had been reserved exclusively for difficult to understand as to why any industry/country would lag the Defence Public Sector Undertakings (DPSU) and Ordnance behind if it had the capability to indigenously design, develop and Factories (OF). Three years after the GoM report, the Government manufacture all the required defence equipment.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

In view of the impending procurement of 114 fighter aircraft through ‘Strategic Partnership’ model, continuing indigenous development of Tejas Mk 1A, Tejas Mk 2 and AMCA, it is time to review the system in entirety that has governed, dictated and overseen the Indian aviation/aeronautics/aerospace industries over last three quarters of a century to bring in greater accountability, improved efficiency and create an aviation industry that focuses on quality, innovation and competitiveness and can contribute successfully to the ‘Make in India’ campaign for the Indian aerospace sector.

REGIONAL BALANCE

HAL

SELF-RELIANCE IN THE AEROSPACE SECTOR

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

7

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 165

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

U

nquestionably, India’s An expert committee under Major General Mrinal Suman (retd) defence industry is in a Vijay Kelkar was constituted in pitiable state. India was 2004 to recommend steps to boost the largest buyer of conventional weapons in the world indigenous defence production. After due deliberations, the comduring the period 2013-17, accounting for 14 per cent mittee concluded that the private sector had to be co-opted as an of the world trade share. Even after seven decades of equal participant if India was to achieve self-reliance in defence Independence, India continues to remain wholly dependent on production. Instead of issuing a carte-blanche to the private sector, the imported major defence systems. Despite repeated asser- it suggested a discerning and judicious approach. It recommended tions in quest of self-reliance, India’s dependence on imported that select private sector industry leaders be identified as Raksha defence equipment continues to be close to 70 per cent. Worse, Utpadan Ratna (RUR) and be treated at par with the public secthe indigenous production of the balance 30 per cent is limited to tor for all defence purposes, including design and development of the assembly of imported sub-assemblies and the manufacture of high technology complex systems under the ‘Make’ procedure and low-tech components. While the indigenous defence production is receipt of funds for developmental projects. languishing, the armed forces continue to suffer shortage of critical The above recommendations were accepted by MoD. In May defence systems.

2006, DDP issued detailed guidelines spelling out eligibility criteMaximum blame for the current pitiable state of India’s rion and laying down the selection procedure. A selection commitdefence industry can be apportioned to the Department of Defence tee was constituted in May 2006 under Prabir Sengupta. A total of Production (DDP) under the Ministry of Defence (MoD). DDP is 41 companies including most heavy weights applied. Around 15 of guilty of perpetuating the monopoly of an inefficient, unproductive them were invited to make detailed presentations. Reportedly, 12 and inept public sector. With 39 ordnance factories and nine under- companies were shortlisted by the committee for the award of RUR takings, the public sector possesses enormous infrastructure and status. The recommendations were forwarded to MoD in June 2007. manufacturing facilities. However, due to the assured flow of orders Although certain amount of opposition was expected from the from a captive customer base, a culture of complacency has set in. public sector units, its intensity and stridency surprised all. Being Undoubtedly, the current dispensation has been an unqualified wary of competing against RUR companies on an equal footing, failure and the track record of the public sector is abysmal. they cleverly sought to play up likely threat to national security.

The defence sector was thrown open to the private industry Opposition was orchestrated through their affiliated trade unions in 2002 with the promulgation of the newly evolved Defence as well. It is also alleged that many private companies that failed Procurement Procedure (DPP). The public sector felt threatened to make the grade for RUR lobbied hard to scuttle the scheme. as it is wary of competing against a far more efficient private sector. Unfortunately, the Government failed to muster enough courage to Hence, it has been assiduously employing all stratagems to keep overrule opposition and the scheme was abandoned. the private sector at bay to retain its monopoly. Resultantly, leavA decade later, in May 2015, another expert committee under ing aside a handful of India’s top companies that are involved in Dhirendra Singh was constituted with a view to align and delineate small value defence contracts, the private sector continues to be a DPP towards the achievement of the objectives of ‘Make in India’. peripheral player.

In its report, the committee averred that a vibrant defence indus-

INDIAN DEFENCE

MoD must accept the fact that the current defence procurement regime suffers from severe infirmities and has been an utter failure. Sadly, lack of courage to undertake radical overhaul of the regime have been making the Government officials flounder in the labyrinths of bureaucratic indecision while the armed forces and the country continue to suffer.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

SP Guide Pubns

Strategic Partnership in Defence Production— Challenges Ahead

REGIONAL BALANCE

8

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section four

Jointness and Integration—Finally Beginning

169

Two

The Indian Army

173

Three

The Indian Navy

191

Four

The Indian Air Force

215

Five Indian Coast Guard—A Multi-Mission Organisation

239

Six

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

249

Seven

Defence Production

271

Eight

Defence Research and Development (DRDO)

289

Homeland Security One

Internal Security Scenario in India

301

Two The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces

307

Three India’s Coastal Security

319

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

One

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Defence

CONTENTS

T

that Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s he National Democratic BRIGADIER VINOD ANAND (RETD) administration would hasten some of Alliance (NDA) Government the critical reforms that had been articucompleted its first tenure in May 2019. Therefore, it would be useful to assess as to how lated earlier. The same NDA Government had initiated the defence far the government has been able to achieve broad objec- and national security reforms after the Kargil conflict consequent tives of ushering in jointness and integrating the defence to which HQ Integrated Defence Staff was established in 2001 for forces since taking over reins in May 2014. When the new govern- taking forward the recommendations enshrined in Kargil Review ment was installed in May 2014 there were hopes and expectations Committee Report followed by the Group of Ministers’ Report. In

TECHNOLOGY

Ending 20 years of debate and dithering, on August 15, 2019, Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced the decision to appoint the Chief of Defence Staff. The CDS is expected to be the single point for military advice to the Government and achieve jointness amongst the armed forces.

BUSINESS

Indian Navy

Jointness and Integration— Finally beginning

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

DCIDS (PP&FD) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff / Policy Planning & Force Development

DCIDS (DOT) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Doctrine, Organisation and Training)

Source: IDS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

DCIDS (OPS) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Operations)

DCDIA & DCIDS (Int) Director General Defence Intelligence Agency/ Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Intelligence)

DCIDS (Med) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Medical Branch)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 169

REGIONAL BALANCE

CISC

Chairman Chiefs of Staff Committee (CISC)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Organisation of HQ IDS

CONTENTS

Indian Army

The Indian Army

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 173

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO

engagement was forced on the Indian Army in September 1948, which at that time was heavily engaged in operations in Kashmir.

1 Armoured Division and some infantry units entered the State and settled matters amicably using minimal force. Once the rebel troops were rounded up and handed over to the police, Hyderabad became an integral part of India on September 18, 1948.

While the British and French left their colonial possessions in India gracefully, the Portuguese continued to hold on to their territories of Goa, Daman and Diu on India’s western coast. When repeated political and diplomatic reminders were not heeded to by the Portuguese, the Indian Government took recourse to limited military action. While Indian operations in Daman and Diu met with stiff resistance, the Goa operations were comparatively easier. The multi pronged Indian offensive launched by 17 Infantry Division, of World War II Burma fame, had a psychological impact on the defending forces, who realised the futility of offering prolonged resistance. The defenders soon surrendered and Goa, Daman and Diu came into the Indian fold on December 19, 1961.

The Sino-Indian war between China and India that occurred in 1962 with the disputed Himalayan border being the main pretext even as other issues also played a role. There had been a series of violent border incidents after the 1959 Tibetan uprising, when India had granted asylum to the Dalai Lama. Unable to reach political accommodation on disputed territory along the 3,225 kilometre long Himalayan border, the Chinese launched simultaneous offensives in Ladakh and across the McMahon Line on October 20, 1962. Chinese troops advanced over Indian forces in both theatres, capturing Rezang La in Chushul in the western theatre, as well as Tawang in the eastern theatre. The war ended when China declared a ceasefire on November 20, 1962, and simultaneously announced its withdrawal to its claimed ‘line of actual control’. The Sino-Indian War was also noted for the nondeployment of the navy or air force by either the Chinese or Indian side. The Indian Army suffered reverses not for want of valour but due mainly to the: n major misreading of the prevailing geopolitical climate n total disconnect between the military and political leadership

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

History - Post Independence The partition came into effect on August 15, 1947, when India gained independence. Pakistan declared independence a day earlier. At the time of independence the active strength of the Army along with countrywide movable and immovable assets was shared under a complicated scheme, supervised by a British presence in the form of a Supreme Headquarters.

Except for three, most of the 566 odd Princely States merged with India in accordance with the laid down directives. But much before the state of Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) could exercise its option, armed Pakistani frontier tribesmen along with Pakistan’s regular troops invaded the State in October 1947 with a view to annex it. Pakistani troops soon crossed over into Kashmir to precipitate an undeclared war with India. The Indian Armed Forces reacted immediately after the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir signed the Instrument of Accession on October 26, 1947. A massive airlift operation was undertaken starting October 27, 1947 to mobilise Indian Army soldiers into Kashmir. The marauders were hounded out of the Valley in a series of tactical engagements. Finding its forces withdrawing from Jammu and the Valley, Pakistan launched a fresh offensive through the Northern Territories in February 1948. Ridding the main portions of Jammu province and the Valley of Pakistani presence took more than a year and the entire operation ultimately took up more than 80,000 troops.

Before the remaining areas occupied by Pakistan could be liberated by Indian troops, a cease fire came into effect on 1 January 1949. After bitter fighting lasting 14 months, UN mediation brought about an uneasy truce and the ceasefire line (CFL) later re-designated as the Line of Control (LC) came into being. The Kashmir war gave the Indian Army its first experience of high altitude operations amidst snow, ice and extreme cold conditions.

Hyderabad had also signed a ‘Standstill Agreement’ for one year at the time of India’s Independence, attempting to decide on exercising its option of merging with the Indian Union. As time had already run out and the local rebel forces known as ‘Razakars’ resorted to large scale violence and looting, a short, 100-hour

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Army continues to face multiple threats and challenges including a 2-1/2 front war for which it needs to transform itself through technological improvements coupled with new operational doctrines and training.

indian defence

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Army MBTs T-90S (Bhishma) Characteristics Crew Cbt weight Width, over tracks Height (over turret) Roof Engine Road range Armament and Ammunition Main

Country of origin: Russia : 3 : 46.5 tonne : 3.37 m : 2.23 m : V-84MS four-stroke 12-cylinder multifuel diesel engine, developing 840 hp : 550 km

: 1 x 125mm 2A46M SBG which fires an ATGM as well as conventional ammunition. Has a laser range finder and thermal imaging night sight [43 (22 - in autoloader) rounds] Coaxial: 1 x 7.62mm PKT MG (2,000 rounds) AA: 1 x 12.7mm MG (300 rounds) Main gun rate of fire : 8 rounds/min Protection : Armour plating + ERA (explosive reactive armour) NBC protection Fire Control & Observation : Commander IFCS, Gunner FCS, Driver IR night viewer Note: Manufactured in India by HVF Avadi under license.

www.spguidepublications.com

T-72M-1 (Ajeya) Characteristics Crew Cbt weight Height (turret roof ) Engine

Country of origin: Russia

: 3 : 43.5 tonne : 2.19 m : Up rated V46-6 engine; a 12-cylinder 4-stroke, V 60 turbocharged, watercooled, multi-fuel, direct injection engine developing 1,000 hp at 2,000 rpm.

Power to weight ratio : 22.98 hp/tonne Max speed (on road) : 60 kmph Max speed (Cross country) : 35 to 45 kmph Gradient ability : 60° Vertical obstacle : 850mm Trench crossing : 2.6 to 2.8 m Shallow fording : 1.2 m Armament: Main : 1 x 125mm SBG coaxial: 1 x 7.62mm MG, AD: 1 x 12.7mm MG Elevation/depression : 16° to -6˚ Traverse : 360°

184 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Max range : 3 km Main gun rate of fire : 8 rounds/min Ammunition loading : Auto Ammunition stowage : 44 projectiles/charges Note: Other improvements include explosive reactive armour, integrated fire detection and suppression system and GPS. Arjun Country of origin: India Characteristics Crew : 4 Cbt weight : 58.5 tonne Overall length : 10.638 m (with gun forward) Overall height : 3.03 m (with AD gun mount) Overall width : 3.864 m Ground pressure : 0.85 kg/cm² Armament : Main: 1 x 120mm Rifled gun AA: 1 x 12.7mm MG Coaxial : 1 x 7.62mm MG Main gun ammunition : 39 rounds (HESH/FSAPDS) Main gun rate of fire : 6-8 rounds/minute Fire control : Director type & electro-hydraulic ­system & gun control Night vision : Thermal imaging Ballistic computer : Digital Engine : MTU 838 Ka 501 10-cylinder liquid cooled diesel developing 1,400 hp at 2,500 rpm Transmission : 4 Fwd+ 2 rev, Torque converter, Mech.

Lockup clutch & hydrodynamic retarder Steering : Double radii, Mechanical steering with neutral turn Suspension : Hydro-gas Fuel : Renk transmission DHPP (A) Track : Diehl L-German Max speed : Road: 70 kmph Cross country: 40 kmph Shallow fording : 1.4 m Vertical obstacle : 0.914 m Trench crossing : 2.43 m Gradient : 35° Infantry Fighting Vehicles (IFVs)/Recce Vehs BMP-2 Characteristics Crew

Country of origin: Russia / OF Medak : 3+7

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Army

K9 Vajra Country of origin: South Korea The K9 VAJRA-T 155mm/ 52 Cal is tracked Self-Propelled Howitzer is designed for providing deep fire support with its longer firing range; qualitative superiority to overcome a numerical inferiority with its higher rate of fire and accuracy and effective and reliable fire support in all kinds of circumstances with its higher mobility and protection.

The K9 VAJRA-T is a variant of K9 Thunder of South Korean origin, being manufactured by L&T. Specifications Designer : Samsung Techwin, Agency for Defense Development Designed : 1989–1998 Manufacturer : Hanwha Land Systems (formerly Hanwha Techwin and Samsung Techwin) Produced : 1999–present Variants : K10 Automatic ammunition re-supply vehicle Specifications Mass. 47 tonnes Crew : 5 (Commander, Driver, Gunner, 2 Loaders) Maximum firing range : 30,000 m (HE) 38,000 m (DP-ICM basebleed) 41,600 m (K307 Drag reduction.

[1] Extended range full-bore base-

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Dhanush Country of origin: India Dhanush is a 155mm towed howitzer whose design is based on the Bofors Haubits FH77 which India acquired in the 1980s.

Ordnance Factory Board (OFB) is building the Indian Army’s long-range artillery gun and has already handed over the first six howitzers to the army’s Central Ordnance Depot in Jabalpur on March 26, 2019. A total of 114 Dhanush artillery guns are currently on order. It is reported that a regiment of Dhanush will be operational by the end of this year which will consist of 18 guns.

The gun completed development trials in 2018 and was approved for series production in 2019. Bharat Electronics, the Indian Defence Research and Development Organisation, the Directorate General of Quality Assurance, SAIL and other

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 185

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

M777 Country of origin: USA Specifications Range Maximum unassisted : 24.7 km Maximum assisted : 30+ km Rate of fire Intense : 4 rounds per minute for up to 2 minutes Sustained : 2 rounds per minute Into/out of action Emplacement : < 3 minutes Displacement : 2 - 3 minutes Pointing limits Elevation : +1,275 mm Depression : -43 mm Traverse (on carriage) : 400 mils left and right (6,400 mils through quick switch) Ammunition All current and developmental US and NATO standard 155mm projectiles and charges including Modular Artillery Charge System Mobility Maximum road speed : 88 kph/55 mph Cross country speed : 24 kph/15 mph Towing vehicles : MTVR, FMTV, M800 and M900 5 tonne trucks, any 2.5 ton truck Fixed wing : C130, C141, C17, C5, Roll-on roll-off/ LVAD Rotary wing : CH53E, CH47D, MV2

TECHNOLOGY

Power/weight Suspension -Hydropneumatic Operational range : 480 km Speed 67 km/h Variants : K10 Automatic ammunition re-supply vehicle

BUSINESS

130mm M-46 Med Gun Country of origin: Russia / CIS Characteristics Crew : 8 Calibre : 130mm Weight (travelling position) : 8,450 kg Elevation/depression : +45° to 2.5° Traverse : 50° (total) Projectile weight : 33.4 kg MV : 930 m/sec Range : 27 km (full charge), 19.1 km (reduced charge) Rate of fire : 5-6 rounds/min

: 12.7mm (.50 caliber) K6 HMG : MTU Friedrichshafen MT 881 Ka-500 8-cylinderwater-cooled diesel engine 1000 hp : 21 hp/tonne

INDIAN DEFENCE

Artillery

Main armament Secondary armament Engine

bleed) 52–56,000 m (K315.[2][unreliable source?]BB+RAP extended range) : 52 cal (155mm howitzer)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

: 14,300 kg : 6.735 m : 3.15 m : 2.45 m : 1 x 30mm Auto Cannon (500 rounds) Coaxial (Both): 1 x 7.62mm PKT MG (1,000 rounds) ATGW : AT-5 Engine : V-16 in line water-cooled diesel rated at 300 bhp Speed : Land : 65 kmph Water : 7 kmph Range : 550-600 km (both) Armour : 20mm Note: Manufactured in India by OF Medak under license

REGIONAL BALANCE

Weight Length Width Height Armament

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 191

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

action at sea and were to confine themselves to being prepared for action and to defend themselves in any contingency.

As a result of the 1965 war, the Navy, which had a total of 36 ships and about 120 aircraft then, underwent a major modernisation and the next few years saw the induction of missile boats, submarines, anti-submarine warfare helicopters, new bases, indigenous ships construction programme and the formation of a second Fleet.

In the 1971 war with Pakistan, the Navy struck hard in both theatres, with its two fleets, in a fully integrated and joint manner with the Indian Army and Air Force. The Indian Naval offensive started on the morning of December 4, 1971 when Vikrant-based aircraft and ships of the Eastern Fleet struck military targets in East Pakistan. Pakistani submarine Ghazi was sunk off the coast of Visakhapatnam. Round the clock attack by the naval aircraft, caused extensive damage to Pak military installations and harbours. A Naval Task Force of the Western Fleet attacked Karachi harbour on December 4-5 and destroyed three ships. It caused extensive damage to oil installations at the harbour. Another attack on Karachi harbour was made on December 8. By these daring acts the Indian Navy, India had established complete control over the oil route from the Persian Gulf to Pakistani ports. The Pakistani Navy’s main ships were either destroyed or forced to remain in port. A partial naval blockade was imposed by the Indian Navy on the port of Karachi and no merchant ship could approach Karachi. Within a few days after the attacks on Karachi, the Eastern fleet of Indian Navy had success over the Pakistani forces in East Pakistan. By the end of the war, the Indian Navy controlled the seas around both the wings of Pakistan.

The War ended for both the fronts after the Instrument of Surrender of Pakistani forces stationed in East Pakistan was signed on December 16, 1971. Rear-Admiral Mohammad Shariff of Pakistan Navy surrendered his Naval Command to Vice-Admiral R.N. Krishna, Eastern Naval Command, Indian Navy. The damage inflicted on the Pakistan Navy stood at 7 gunboats, 1 minesweeper, 1

INDIAN DEFENCE

Historical Context The maritime traditions of the country can be traced as far back as the Mohenjodaro civilisation with many archaeologists claiming that a basin dating back to 4000 BC, discovered in Lothal, was the world’s first dry dock. Indian trade and culture were carried across the seas during the Chola, Satavahana, Chalukya, Pandyan and Kalinga periods. The story of the Ramayana and Mahabharata spread by Indian seafarers can, even today, be seen in temple murals and carvings in places as distant as Indonesia, Cambodia and Thailand. But with the arrival of the Mughals, India rapidly lost touch with the sea. This was to have tragic consequences, which ultimately led to the enslavement of the country when the Europeans arrived. The growth of the Indian Navy post Independence has been remarkable, as it embarked on plans catered to building a balanced force capable of meeting a wide variety of tasks. The main thrust was ‘self-reliance through indigenisation’ with warship design and build-up undertaken in Indian shipyards with technology transfer, on the basis of requirement. In addition, a number of ships and submarines were also acquired, primarily from Russia, to make up immediate shortfalls in the force level.

The first major challenge for the Navy came in 1965 when hostilities between India and Pakistan broke out. The Indian Navy’s Fleet, at that time, was in a dispersed state all along the country’s seaboard for repairs, retrofits and exercises. When Pakistan launched a massive attack in the Chhamb sector on September 1, ships exercising in the Bay of Bengal were ordered to immediately return to Bombay. All Naval air squadrons – the No. 300 Seahawk fighter squadron, No. 310 Alize antisubmarine aircraft squadron, No. 550 Seahawk and Alize trainer squadron and No. 551 Kiran jet trainer squadron f were made operational for reconnaissance and antishipping roles and for the air defence of Indian seaports.

The Government of India, however, directed that the Indian Naval Fleet and all other units of the Indian Navy were not to seek

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

In support of the nation's growing strengths and responsibilites, the Indian Navy is determined to create and sustain a three dimensional; technology enabled and networked force capable of safeguarding our maritime interests on the high seas and projecting combat power across the littoral.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Indian Navy

The Indian Navy

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Countermeasures Weapon Control Radars Sonars

Operational

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 201

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

Other Weapons

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Sindhughosh (Kilo) Class (Project 877 EKM/8773) Indian Designation : Sindhughosh Class Total No. in Service : 09 Names : Sindhughosh, Sindhudhwaj, Sindhuraj, Sindhuvir, Sindhuratna, Sindhukesari, Sindhukirti, Sindhuvijay and Sindhushastra Displacement (tonnes) : 2,300 surfaced; 3,100 dived Dimensions (metres) : 73.0 x 10.0 x 6.6 Propulsion : 2 Model 4-2AA-42M diesels; 2

Speed (knots) Range (miles) Complement Torpedoes

INDIAN DEFENCE

Shishumar Class Type/HDW Type 209/1500 Indian Designation : Shishumar Class Total No. in Service : 4 Names : Shishumar, Shankush, Shalki, Shankul Specifications Displacement (tonnes) : Full Load 1,700 Dived 1,850 Dimensions length overall (metres) : 65 Beam : 8 Propulsion : Diesel-electric 4MTU 12V 493 AZ80 GA31L diesels; 4 Siemens alternators; 1 Siemens motor; 1 shaft Speed (knots) : 22 Range (miles) : 8,000 Snorting at 8 knots 13,000 Surfaced at 10 knots Complement : 36 (8 officers) Torpedoes : 8 Nos. 21 inch (533mm) tubes. S/m carries 14 AEG SUT Mod 1 wire-guided active/passive torpedoes homing to 28 km at 23 knots; 12 km at 35 knots; warhead 250 kg.

Mines : External strap-on type for 24 mines Countermeasures : Decoys; C303 acoustic decoys; ESM Argo Phoenix II AR 700 or Koll Morgen Sea Sentry, radar warning, ESM-DR 3000 Weapon Control : Singer Librascope MKI, CCS 90-1/ISUS Radars : Surface Search, Thomson-CSF Calypso; I-Band, KH 1007/2007 Sonars : Atlas Elektronik CSU 83 active/passive search and attack; Thomson Sintra DUUV-5; passive ranging and intercept, CSU 90-14

generators; 1 motor 1 shaft; 2 MT-168 auxiliary motors; 1 economic speed motor : 17 : 6,000 at 7 kt snorting; 400 at 3 kt dived : 68 (7 officers) : 6-21 in (533mm) tubes combination of Type 53-65 passive wake homing to 19 km (10.3 n miles) at 45 kt; TEST 71 ME anti-submarine; active/passive homing to 15 km (8.1 n miles) at 40 kt or 20 km (10.08 n miles) at 25 kt warhead 220 kg. Total of 18 weapons. Wire-guided torpedo on two tubes. : Mines 24 DM-1 in lieu of torpedoes, some submarines carry shoulder held SA-N-10 Igla SAM launcher placed in fin for use on surface. : ESM; squid head radar warning, Porpoise (Indigenous) : Uzwl MVU-119EM TFCS : Navigation; Snoop Tray; MRP-25; I-Band : MGK-400 and MGK-400 E, hull ­mounted, active/passive search and attack; medium frequency. MG-519; hull mounted active search; high frequency. Being replaced by Sonar USHUS manufactured by BEL, Bengaluru, fitted as five EKM and, in a progressive manner on submarines. : First four form the Eleventh Submarine Squadron based at Visakhapatnam and the remaining six comprise the Twelfth Submarine Squadron based at Mumbai. The submarines have progressively undergone midlife modernisation refits commencing 1997, which includes installation of the Klub cruise missile and the associated Lama fire control system, new sonars, electronic warfare systems, machinery control systems and an automated information and control system for the weapon package. One submarine is expected to be fitted out with BrahMos cruise missiles, the surface version of this Indo-Russian 290-km-range supersonic missile.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Submarines

REGIONAL BALANCE

Equipment Catalogue Indian Navy

indian defence

www.spguidepublications.com

Kalvari Class (Project 75) Displacement (tonnes) : 1,668 dived Total No. In Service : One Dimensions (feet/metres) : 217.8 x 20.3 x 19 (66.4 x 6.2 x 5.8) Main machinery : Diesel-electric; 4 MTU 16 V 396 SE84 diesels; 1 Jeumont (metres) Schneider motor; 1 shaft Speed (knots) : 20 dived, 12 surfaced Range (miles) : 550 at 5 kt dived, 6,500 at 8 kt surfaced Diving Depth : More than 300 m (984 ft) Complement : 31 (6 officers) Torpedoes : 6-21 in (533mm) tubes Countermeasures : ESM Weapons Control : UDS International SUBTICS Radars : Navigation; Sagem; I-Band Sonars : Hull mounted passive and attack– medium frequency Programme : The first submarine INS Kalvari was commissioned on December 14, 2017 and thereafter one boat every year, to complete delivery by 2021.

Armed with Exocet SM 39 anti-ship missile, the Scorpene also offers advanced capabilities for mine warfare; intelligence gathering and special operations. Next submarine of the line Khanderi has been launched and currently undergoing extensive sea trials.

Arihant Class (SSBN) Dimensions : Length – 112 m (367 ft), Beam – 15 m (49 ft), Draft – 10 m (33 ft) Total No. In Service : One Displacement (tonnes) : 6,000 Propulsion : PWR using 40 per cent enriched uranium fuel (80 MWe); one turbine (1,11,000 hp/83 MW); one shaft; one 7-bladed, high-skew propeller (estimated) Range : Unlimited except by food supplies Speed : 12-15 knots surface, 24 knots dived Test Depth : 300 m (980 ft) (estimated) Complement : 95 Sensors and Processing Systems : BEL USHUS Integrated Sonar; Indigenous Sonar and tactical weapons control system with active, passive, ranging, surveillance and intercept sonars and underwater communication system.

Armament : 6 x 533mm torpedoes, 12 x K-15 Sagarika SLBM (range 750 km, 8 MIRV each) or 4 x K-4 Shaurya SLBM (range up to 3,500 km) Launched : July 26, 2009 Status : Undergoing sea trials

202 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Navy

Programme

: Arihant’s reactor turned critical in mid-August 2013 and the extensive sea trials phase is currently on. INS Arihant is reported to have been commissioned during 2016. The second submarine of the class, reportedly named Arighat has been launched and is currently being outfitted. Two more submarines of this class are expected to follow.

Chakra Class (SSN) Indian Designation : Chakra Class Name : Chakra Displacement (tonnes) : 8,140 surfaced Dimensions (metres) : 113.3 x 13.6 x 9.7 Main machinery : 1 OK 650B/OK 650M nuclear PWR; 190 MW; one OK-7 steam turbine; 43,000 hp(m); 2 OK 300 retractable electric propulsors for low speed and quiet manoeuvring; 750 hp(m) (552 kW); 1 shaft Speed (knots) : 28-35 dived; 10 surfaced Complement : 90 (23 officers) Missiles : SLCM/SSM: Klub S 3S 54E (antiship)/3S 14 E (Land attack), NATO SS-N-27, fired from 21 in (533mm) ­torpedo tubes. The anti-ship version is a sea-skimmer with 200 kg warhead, 200 km range, flight altitude of 15 ft and supersonic terminal speed (2.9 Mach) in the final stage. The land-attack ­missile is inertially guided, s­ ubsonic (0.8 Mach), has a range of 275 km and a 400 kg warhead.

SAM : SA-N-10 Igla M launcher on sail.

18 missiles A/S: Type 40 torpedo.

Novator SS-N-16 Stallion fired from 650mm tubes; inertial flight to 100 km (54 n miles) Torpedoes : 8 x 21 in (533mm) tubes. Total of 40 weapons.

Countermeasures : ESM: Rim Hat; intercept.

Radars : Surface search: Snoop Pair or Snoop Half with back-to-back aerials on same mast as ESM. Sonars : Shark Gill (Skat MGK 503); hullmounted; passive/active search and attack; low/medium frequency. Mouse roar; hull-mounted; active attack; high frequency. Skat 3 towed array; passive; very low frequency.

Programme : INS Chakra a Russian nuclear-powered submarine has joined the Indian Navy on lease for 10 years in 2012 to train the submariners on the skills to operate nuclear powered submarines. Further, there are reports to suggest that the lease for second SSN from Russia for 10

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 215

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

France as also the Canberra, Hunter and Gnat from Britain. All these combat aircraft entered service in the 1950s. Indian government decided not to use the IAF in offensive role during the 1962 conflict with China; many believe that that the outcome of the conflict would have been different had the IAF been used in offensive role. Closer strategic and military cooperation with the then Soviet Union, resulted in the IAF acquiring three MiG-21 supersonic aircraft in 1963. From this point onwards, the IAF inventory acquired a distinct Soviet orientation, which also influenced the evolution of the aerospace industry in India.

The Indo-Pak conflict of 1965 witnessed the IAF aggressively using the redoubtable Gnat, demolishing the myth of the F-86 Sabre being the best combat aircraft of that time. The Gnat again played a significant role in the 1971 conflict, scoring a number of kills in the air. In the decade of the 1980s, the An-32 and Il-76 aircraft of the transport fleet of the IAF played a key role during the operations in Sri Lanka in the deployment of the Indian Peace Keeping Force and the military intervention in the Maldives, effectively demonstrating its strategic reach by way of airlift capability for out-of-area operations. Mi-17 medium lift helicopters played a crucial role during operation of the Indian Peace Keeping Force in Sri Lanka.

The second phase of modernisation commenced in 1979 with the induction of the British Jaguar Deep Penetration Strike Aircraft and subsequently the Mirage 2000 from France as also the MiG-27 and MiG-29 aircraft from the Soviet Union. The Su-30 MKI multirole aircraft induction commenced in 2002 and IAF has ordered 272 Su-30 MKI aircraft of which over 250 have been delivered.

28 years after the Indo-Pak War of 1971, the IAF took part in the Kargil operations in 1999 and evicted intruders from the Indian side of the line of control by carrying out highly effective precision airstrikes against a variety of targets situated at heights of 15,000 to 20,000 ft in rugged snow-covered mountainous terrain. In the last decade, the IAF has inducted indigenous Tejas light combat aircraft, Airborne Warning and Control System (AWACS), Airborne Early Warning and Control (AEW&C), C-17 heavy transport aircraft,

INDIAN DEFENCE

Brief History The Indian Air Force (IAF) was established on October 8, 1932. On April 1, 1933, ‘A’ Flight of No. 1 Squadron was raised at Drigh Road, Karachi with six officers, 19 airmen and four Westland Wapiti IIA aircraft. The fledgling IAF saw action for the first time in 1937 during operations in the then North West Frontier Province.

During World War II, No. 1 Squadron with 12 Westland Lysander aircraft, was moved to Burma on February 1, 1942. However, when Rangoon fell to the Japanese in April 1942, the Squadron was relocated at Risalpur and was reequipped with Hawker Hurricane IIB fighters. The IAF expanded rapidly growing to nine squadrons by the end of 1944 and played a major role in the Arakan offensive which began in December 1944. In March 1945, recognition of the outstanding performance of the IAF came by way of addition of the prefix ‘Royal’ to its name. The IAF was thereafter known as the Royal Indian Air Force (RIAF).

In 1946, the RIAF squadrons were reequipped with the Hawker Tempest II, which has been called ‘the IAF’s first true fighter bomber’. The first RIAF transport unit, No. 12 Squadron, was also formed and was equipped with Douglas C-47 Dakota twin-engine transport aircraft.

When India attained independence on August 15, 1947, some RIAF units were transferred to Pakistan. The Squadrons that remained with the RIAF were Nos. 3, 4, 7, 8 and 10 equipped with Tempests, No. 2 Squadron with Spitfires and No. 12 Squadron with Dakotas.

Post-independence, on October 27, 1947, the IAF undertook an emergency task with Dakotas to airlift Indian forces to Srinagar to thwart attempts by Pakistani-sponsored invaders to wrest control of the valley from India.

On January 26, 1950, India became a Republic and the RIAF dropped the prefix ‘Royal’. The modernisation process began in 1948 with the arrival of the de Havilland Vampire single-engine fighter aircraft from Britain, the first combat jet to be inducted into the IAF. This was followed by the induction of other combat jets such as the Ouragan (renamed as Toofani) and the Mystere from

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The focus over the coming years would be to enhance the combat potential of the fleet both in terms of numbers and lethality, bolster air defence systems by induction of modern sensors and weapons as well as networking, enhance airlift and heli-lift capability to meet future challenges to national security.

REGIONAL BALANCE

IAF

The Indian Air Force

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

Power Plant

Cockpit

Avionics

Armament

: Low-wing monoplane. Leading edge swept back at 42°, with large ogival wing roots. Leading and trailing edge flaps without tabs. : Two Tumansky RD-33 turbojets each with thrust rating of 11,250 lb dry and 18,500 lb reheat. FOD doors in each air intake duct actuated automatically with raising/lowerin g of nose-wheel on take-off/landing run. Total internal fuel capacity of 4,000 litres with a provision for a single 750-litre drop tank to be carried between engines underbelly. Later versions can carry wing drop tanks. : K-36D zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit.

Cockpit is high set and features a twopiece blister design. : NO-19 Sapfir-29 (NATO ‘Slot Back’) coherent pulse Doppler radar with a 100-km detection and 70-km track range with full look up/down shoot down and multi-tracking capability.

Limited look up/down shoot down IRST on nose on star-board side.

Navattack computers, HUD, helmetmounted sights operable up to 40° off the axis. Advanced 360° passive RWR of unknown type. Comprehensive VHF/ UHF communication systems. AoA indicator, radar altimeter, 3-axis auto stabilisation system, auto pilot, deception jammer in wing root. : 1 GSh-301 30mm cannon in port wing root, with 150 rounds. Up to six AAMs including R-73, R-27R, R-27T Alternate

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 223

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY

: Fulcrum : Russia / CIS : Single-seat air superiority fighter : 54 : 1986

BUSINESS

Mikoyan MiG-29A/B NATO reporting name Country of origin Type Number in Service Year of Induction Construction Wings

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

: 390 km : 6,500 m/min : + 7/–1.5

INDIAN DEFENCE

Mikoyan MiG-21 Bis and Bison NATO reporting names : Fishbed and Mongol (trainer version) Country of origin : Russia / CIS. Manufactured under licence In India by the HAL Type : Single-seat multi-role fighter Number in Service : 150 (Approx) Year of Induction : Commencing in 1964 Construction Wings : Delta plan form with a 2° anhedral and 57° sweepback with small boundary layer fences at tips. Large blown plain trailing edge flaps.

Power Plant : One Tumansky R-13 turbojet rated at 9,400 lb dry and 14,000 lb reheat.

Internal fuel capacity 2,750 litres Provision for drop tanks under fuselage and inboard wing pylons. The MiG-21Bis & Bison are powered by a Tumansky R-25-300 turbojet rated at 15,000 lb static thrust with reheat.

Cockpit : K-13 ejection seat with 0-130 kmph capability.

Avionics and Equipment : IAF operates one of Bis and six squadrons of Bison. The upgraded Bison is equipped Kopyo multi-mode radar, ring laser based inertial GPS, semi glass cockpit, VOR, DME and ILS. Armament : One twin-barrel 23mm GSh-23/2 cannon with 250 rounds, 2 x 500 kg bombs, S-24 and 80/57mm rockets. In addition the Bison carries R-73 and R-77 air-toair missiles.

Dimensions Wingspan : 7.15 m Length : 16.10 m, including pilot boom Height : 4.5 m Wing area : 23.45 m² Weights Take-off (combat) : 8,750 kg Max take-off : 10,500 kg Performance Max speed Above 10,000 m : Mach 2.23 At sea level : Mach 1.1

Combat radius (lo-lo-lo) Max rate of climb G Limits

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Air Defence and Strike Fighters

REGIONAL BALANCE

Equipment Catalogue: Indian air Force

indian defence

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Air Force

loads of ground attack weapons with a total weight of 3,500 kg on six external hard points.

www.spguidepublications.com

Dimensions Wingspan : 11.40 m Length overall : 17.34 m Height overall : 4.75 m Wing area : 35.35 m² Weights Empty : 8,340 kg Normal Interceptor role : 15,750 kg Max take-off : 20,000 kg Performance Max level speed At 30,000 ft : Mach 2.35 At sea level : Mach 1.06 Max combat radius : 650 km G Limits : +9.0/ -3 Note: The upgrades to Indian MiG-29s is being done to the MiG29UPG standard. This version is similar to the SMT variant but differs by having a foreign-made avionics suite. The MiG-29 fleet of the IAF is undergoing upgrade in collaboration with HAL. The upgraded version has the latest avionics, Zhuk-ME Radar, engine, weapon control systems, enhancing multirole capabilities by many-fold. As of 2012, Indian UPG version is the most advanced MiG-29 variant. The first three upgraded aircraft were delivered in December 2012, over two years behind schedule.

The IAF is in advanced stages of talks to buy a new squadron of upgraded multi-role MiG-29UPG from Russia. The upgraded aircraft are likely to serve till 2025.

Dassault Aviation Mirage 2000H Country of origin : France Type : Multi-role fighter Number in Service : 48 Year of Induction : 1985 Construction Wings : Low wing delta monoplane with leading edge sweepback of 58°. Full span twin segment leading edge flaps. Two section trailing edge elevons of full length with carbon fibre skin and light alloy honeycomb core. Air brakes above and below each wing.

Power Plant : One Snecma M-53 P-2 Turbofan rated at 14,462 lb dry and 21,385 lb reheat.

Internal fuel capacity of 3,980 litres with provision for drop fuel tanks underbelly and inboard wing pylons. Detachable in-flight refuelling probe forward of cockpit on starboard side.

Avionics : Quadruple redundant fly-by-wire system. Sagem Thomson-CSF RDM multi-mode radar. Sager Uliss-52 inertial platform, ESD Type 2,984 central digital computer and digibus. Comprehensive ECM active/passive suite. VHF/UHF communications suite, HUD, Nav Attack computer, etc. Patric/Litening pods.

224 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Armament

Accommodation

: 2 x 30mm DEFA cannons with 125 rounds each. Carries up to 13,890 lb of ordnance on nine hard points. Carries MICA IIR and RF missiles for air-to-air and a variety of standoff precision weapons for ground attack. : F-10Q zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit.

Dimensions Wingspan : 9.13 m Length : 14.36 m Height : 5.03 m Wing area : 41 m² Weights Empty : 7,500 kg Combat : 11,000 kg Max take-off : 15,000 kg Performance Max speed At 30,000 ft : Mach 2.2 At sea level : Mach 1.2 Max climb rate : 56,000 ft/min Service ceiling : 53,000 ft Combat radius (hi-lo-hi) : 750 km G Limits : +9/-3 Note: Mirage fleet of the IAF is undergoing midlife upgrade 200005 Mk2 standard at an approximate cost of $2.4 billion (`14,350 crore). Fleet upgrade is expected to be completed by 2021 after which the Mirage fleet is expected to remain in service till 2040.

Sepecat Jaguar Country of origin Number in Service Type Year of Induction Construction Wings

Cockpit Power Plant

Systems

: : : :

UK/France 117 Deep strike and maritime strike aircraft.

1979

: Cantilever shoulder wing monoplane, with 3° anhedral and 40° sweepback.

Outer panels are fitted with slats. No ailerons, lateral control is through two section spoilers outside of flaps, used in conjunction with tailplanes differentially. : Martin Baker zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit. Two-piece canopy hinged at rear. : Two Rolls-Royce Turbomeca Adour Mk-811 turbofans rated at 3,520 lb dry and 8,040 lb reheat each. Six integral fuel tanks. Total internal fuel capacity is 4,250 litres. Action is in hand to equip the Jaguar with a more powerful engine possibly with the F125 engine from Honeywell. : Fairey electro-hydraulic control system.

Roll and yaw dampers. Air-conditioning and pressurisation systems, deicing, rain clearance equipment. Rectifiers, invertors and transformers. : Smiths HUD, laser designator, DARIN

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Avionics

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

PRO Defence

Indian Coast Guard— A MULTI-MISSION ORGANISATION

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

5

Additional Responsibilities Since its inception, the ICG has been entrusted with many additional responsibilities. Besides the duties and functions provided in the CG Act 1978, the ICG supports other Ministries, as provided by the legislation enacted by the Government of India. n Lead Intelligence Agency for coastal and sea borders;

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS

In pursuance of its missions, the Director General Indian Coast Guard (DGICG) has also been designated as: n Chairman, National Maritime Search and Rescue Board (NMSARB). n Chairman, National Oil-spill Disaster Contingency Plan Committee (NOSDCP). n Chairman, Offshore Security Co-ordination Committee (OSCC). n Indian Governor to Regional Cooperation Agreement on Combating Piracy and Armed Robbery Against Ships in Asia (ReCAAP). n Commander, Coastal Command under Coastal Security.

These duties are carried out by the ICG over an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) measuring 2.01 million square kilometres and Indian Search & Rescue Region spanning 4.2 million square kilometres. It is entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring the safety and security of a peninsular nation that harbours 12 major ports and 187 minor ports.

INDIAN DEFENCE

territorial waters. n Search and Rescue for Merchant vessels. n Marine Oil Pollution Response Measures.

Organisation The Coast Guard Headquarters is located at New Delhi. The field functions are executed by a Coast Guard Commander, Western Seaboard at Mumbai, Coast Guard Commander, Eastern Seaboard at Visakhapatnam and by the five Regional Headquarters located at Gandhinagar, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata and Port Blair. Under these Regional Headquarters, there are 15 District Headquarters, located along the coastal states and Union Territories of India. There are 42 Coast Guard Stations. In addition, there are Air Stations at Daman and Chennai, Air Enclaves at Goa, Kochi, Kolkata, Porbandar, Port Blair, Bhubaneswar and New Mangalore and an independent Air Squadron at Mumbai. The organisational chart of Indian Coast Guard, the structure of the service and a pictorial depiction of the organisation are placed at Appendices A1, A2 and A3 respectively.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 239

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Roles and Responsibilities The role of ICG is defined in the Coast Guard Act, 1978 and is as follows: n To protect the maritime and other national interests in the Maritime Zones of India. n Ensuring the safety and protection of artificial islands, offshore terminals, installations and other structures and devices in any Maritime Zone. n Providing protection to fishermen including assistance to them at sea while in distress. n To preserve and protect the maritime environment and to prevent and control marine pollution. n Assisting the customs and other authorities in anti-smuggling operations. n Necessary measures for the safety of life and property at sea n Undertake collection of scientific data.

n Authority responsible for co-ordination of Coastal Security in

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he Indian Coast Guard (ICG) was constituted as an Armed Force of the Union of India by an Act of Parliament on August 18, 1978, predominantly to undertake the peacetime tasks of ensuring the security of the Maritime Zones of India, with a view to protect maritime and other national interests in such zones and matters connected therewith. The Indian Coast Guard functions under the Ministry of Defence, primarily for peacetime functions. It has a military function during a war scenario when it conjoins with the Indian Navy for National Defence. The Coast Guard began patrolling in earnest with two old frigates seconded from the Indian Navy and five patrol vessels seconded from the Central Board of Excise and Customs.

TECHNOLOGY

The Indian Coast Guard follows a proactive approach in order to prevent and suppress piracy and armed robbery in the region by undertaking regular anti-piracy patrols.

indian defence

www.spguidepublications.com

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Coast Guard Surface Platforms

Complement (crew) : 108 (including 10 Officers)

Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Samar Class Total Number in Service : 04 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1,604, Deep 1,938 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 102 x 11.5 x 3.5 m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 4,710 kW each (SEMT PIELSTICK 16 PA6V280) Speed (knots) : 22 Range (N miles) : 6,000 at 15 Knots Complement (crew) : 128 (including 15 Officers)

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Vikram Class (New) Total Number in Service : 02 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1771.6, Deep 2,094 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 98.2 x 14.7 x 3.52 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9100 KW each (MTU, 20V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 26 Range (N miles) : 5,000 at 12-14 Knots Complement (crew) : 102 (including 14 Officers)

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Sankalp Class Total Number in Service : 02 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light, 1,830, Deep 2,325 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 105 x 12.9 x 3.64 m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 7,710 kW each (SEMT PIELSTICK 20 PA6BSTC) Speed (knots) : 23.5 Range (N miles) : 6,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 128 (including 15 Officers)

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Vishwast Class Total Number in Service : 03 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1,605, Deep 1,964 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 94 x 12.6 x 3.6 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9,000 kW each (MTU 20 V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 26 Range (N miles) : 4,500 at 12-14 Knots Complement (crew) : 110 (including 10 officers)

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Vikram Class (Old) Total Number in Service : 01 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 992, Deep 1,180 Dimensions (LOA x BxD) : 74 x 11.4 x 3.2 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 4,710 kW each (SEMT PIELSTICK 16PA6V280) Speed (knots) : 22 Range (N miles) : 8,500 at 11 Knots

246 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Samarth Class Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : 2350 (approx) at full load displacement Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 105 x 13.60 x 3.65m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9100 KW each (MTU, 20V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 23 Range (N miles) : 6,000 at cruising speed (12-14 Knots) Complement (crew) : 112 (including 14 officers)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) Rani Abbakka Class Total Number in Service : 05 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 269, Deep 349 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 50.39 x 8.36 x 1.845 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 KW each

Interceptor Boats (IBs) C-154 Class Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 54, Deep 71 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 28.75 x 6.20 x 1.2 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 1,630 kW each (MTU 16V

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 247

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Interceptor Boats (IBs) C-143 Class Total Number in Service : 11 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 83.8, Deep 103.79 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 28.3 x 6.6 x 1.43 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 2720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 40 Knots at 92% MCR (45 Max) Range (N miles) : 500 at 25 Knots Complement (crew) : 10 (including 02 Officers)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPV) Sarojini Naidu Class Total Number in Service : 07 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 235, Deep 259 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 48 x 7.5 x 2 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 35 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

TECHNOLOGY

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) Aadesh Class Total Number in Service : 20 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 246, Deep 297 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 50.0 x 7.6 x 1.63 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 33 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

BUSINESS

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPV) Priyadarshini Class Total Number in Service : 01 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 171.94, Deep 220.35 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 46 x 7.5 x 1.8m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 1,480 kW each (MTU 12V 538 TB 82) Speed (knots) : 23 Range (N miles) : 2,400 at 14 Knots Complement (crew) : 34 (including 06 Officers)

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) Rajshree Class Total Number in Service : 08 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 244, Deep 303 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 48.9 x 7.5 x 2.1 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 34 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 16 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

INDIAN DEFENCE

(MTU 16V 4000 M 90) Speed (knots) : 34 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 16 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Pollution Control Vessels (PCVs) Samudra Prahari Class Total Number in Service : 03 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 3,196, Deep 3,946 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 94 x 15.5 x 4.5 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesel Engine, 3000 kW each (Bergen B32, 40L6P) 2 Shaft Generator of 2100 KW 883 kW Ulstein Aquamaster bow thruster Speed (knots) : 20 (Ship is capable of cruising at 0.2 Knot speed during oil skimming mode with bow thruster) Range (N miles) : 6,000 at 14 Knots Complement (crew) : 112 (including 12 officers)

REGIONAL BALANCE

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Coast Guard

CONTENTS

Union Government Prime Minister......................................................................................................................................... Narendra Modi Minister of Defence................................................................................................................................. Rajnath Singh National Security Adviser....................................................................................................................... Ajit Kumar Doval Minister of State for Defence.................................................................................................................. Shripad Yesso Naik

Defence Secretary................................................................................................................................... Dr Ajay Kumar Director General (Acquisition) & Additional Secretary....................................................................... Apurva Chandra Special Secretary..................................................................................................................................... Vacant Additional Secretary (JN)....................................................................................................................... Jiwesh Nandan Joint Secretary (Coordination) & Chief Administrative Officer........................................................... V. Anandarajan Joint Secretary (Air/Ceremonial & Planning)....................................................................................... Bharat H. Khera Joint Secretary (International Cooperation)......................................................................................... Somnath Ghosh Joint Secretary (Army)............................................................................................................................ Rajeev Singh Thakur Joint Secretary (Navy)/Medical.............................................................................................................. Richa Misra Joint Secretary (Works) .......................................................................................................................... Nazli J. Shayin Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Land Systems)...................................................................... Dipti Mohil Chawla Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Maritime Systems)............................................................... Nidhi Chhibber Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Air) ........................................................................................ Sanjai Singh Technical Manager (Land Systems)....................................................................................................... Major General H.S. Shanbhag Technical Manager (Maritime & Systems)............................................................................................ Rear Admiral R. Sreenivas Technical Manager (Air)......................................................................................................................... Air Vice Marshal Vishwas Gaur Finance Manager (Land System)........................................................................................................... Ghayas Uddin Ahmed Finance Manager (Maritime & Systems)............................................................................................... Vedveer Arya Finance Manager (Air)............................................................................................................................ Puneet Agarwal Department of Defence Production Secretary (Defence Production) ............................................................................................................ Shubhash Chandra Joint Secretary (Land Systems).............................................................................................................. Shantanu Joint Secretary (Aerospace).................................................................................................................... Chandraker Bharti Joint Secretary (Naval Systems) & CVO................................................................................................. Vijayendra

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 249

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Ministry of Defence Department of Defence

BUSINESS

President & Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces.................................................................... Ram Nath Kovind Vice President.......................................................................................................................................... Venkaiah Naidu

INDIAN DEFENCE

Compiled by SP Guide Publications team

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

CONTENTS

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

Ram Nath Kovind

Narendra Modi

Prime Minister of India as the Chief Minister of Gujarat, Modi brought about paradigm shift in the lives of the people in Gujarat. In 2014, people of India gave him a mandate to take the nation forward.

Modi has reached the pinnacle by sheer hard work, determination, extreme focus and a strong character.

His first brush with the RSS (Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh) was at the tender age of eight. At the age of 20, he became a Pracharak in 1972, devoting full time to the RSS. In 1987, he joined the BJP and on October 7, 2001, he took over as the Chief Minister of Gujarat. From heading a state, Modi has catapulted to heading the nation because of his organisational sense and his keen ability to efficiently construct any task.

Minister of Defence Born on 10th July 1951, Raj Nath Singh completed his MSc Physics from Gorakhpur University and worked as a lecturer of Physics at K.B. Post-Graduate College Mirzapur. He was the organisational secretary of ABVP Gorakhpur division from 1969 to 1971and became the RSS karyavah (General Secretary) of Mirzapur city in 1972. He entered politics in 1974 and in 1977, he was elected as an MLA in the Uttar Pradesh Assembly. He was elected MLC for Uttar Pradesh Legislative Council in 1988 and became Education Minister in 1991. During his tenure as Education Minister in UP, he established some landmarks by introducing the Anti-Copying Act and Vedic Mathematics in the syllabus. He became a

member of the Rajya Sabha in 1994. On November 22, 1999, he became Union Surface Transport Minister. On October 28, 2000, he became Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh. On May 24, 2003, he became Union Minister of Agriculture and subsequently for Food Processing.

He became the BJP National President on December 31, 2005, a post he held till December 19, 2009. In May 2009, he was elected MP from Ghaziabad in Uttar Pradesh. On May 26, 2014, Raj Nath Singh took oath as the Union Minister of India and worked as Union Minister for Home Affairs till 30.05.2019. On May 31, 2019, Raj Nath Singh was allocated portfolio of Union Minister for Ministry of Defence.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 255

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE REGIONAL BALANCE

Raj Nath Singh

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Narendra Damodardas Modi, is one of independent India’s most popular leaders. A ‘transformational leader’ known for delivering results, he is an embodiment of courage, conviction and compassion. He was re-elected Prime Minister of India by an overwhelming majority when he led BJP party and the NDA coalition to victory in the general elections in 2019. He took oath as the Prime Minister and formed his cabinet on May 31, 2019. Earlier, he became India’s 15th Prime Minister on May 26, 2014.

Born on September 17, 1950, Modi earlier held an impeccable track record as a Chief Minister, securing three consecutive two-third majority mandates for the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in Gujarat in 2003, 2007 and 2012 Assembly elections. In his over 12 years tenure

TECHNOLOGY

Pradesh in April 1994. He served for two consecutive terms of six years each till March 2006. Kovind served on various Parliamentary Committees like Parliamentary Committee on Welfare of Scheduled Castes/Tribes; Parliamentary Committee on Home Affairs; Parliamentary Committee on Petroleum and Natural Gas; Parliamentary Committee on Social Justice and Empowerment; and Parliamentary Committee on Law and Justice. He was Chairman of the Rajya Sabha House Committee.

Kovind was part of the Indian delegation at the United Nations and addressed the United Nations General Assembly in October 2002. Kovind was the Governor of Bihar (2015-17); Member of the Rajya Sabha, representing the state of Uttar Pradesh (19942006); General Secretary, Akhil Bharatiya Koli Samaj (1971-75 and 1981); Union Government Advocate at the Delhi High Court (1977-79) and Union Government Junior Counsel in the Supreme Court (1982-84).

BUSINESS

A lawyer, veteran political representative and long-time advocate of egalitarianism and integrity in Indian public life and society, Ram Nath Kovind was born on October 1, 1945, in Paraunkh, near Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh.

Before assuming charge of the office of the 14th President of India on July 25, 2017, Kovind served as the 36th Governor of the state of Bihar from August 16, 2015, to June 20, 2017. Kovind completed his school education in Kanpur and obtained the degrees of B.Com and L.L.B. from Kanpur University. In 1971, he enrolled as an Advocate with the Bar Council of Delhi.

Kovind was Union Government Advocate in the Delhi High Court from 1977 to 1979 and Union Government Standing Counsel in the Supreme Court from 1980 to 1993. He became Advocate-on-Record of the Supreme Court of India in 1978. He practised at the Delhi High Court and Supreme Court for 16 years till 1993. Kovind was elected as a member of the Rajya Sabha from Uttar

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

President of India & Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces

CONTENTS

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

Dr G. Satheesh Reddy, Chairman, DRDO and Secretary Department of Defence R&D Dr Reddy graduated in electronics and communication engineering from Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University (JNTU), Anantapur, and received his master’s and doctorate from JNTU, Hyderabad. As Director of Research Centre Imarat (RCI), he led the development of avionics technologies in critical areas of inertial systems, embedded computers, control, real time software and simulation, power supplies, RPF, seekers, antennae, flight instrumentation for various defence programmes. He is recipient of several prestigious awards.

He was appointed as Scientific Adviser to Defence Minister in May 2015.

General Bipin Rawat

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Dr G. Satheesh Reddy took over this position from August 27, 2018. He is one of the renowned experts in navigation and avionics technologies. He joined the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) in 1986 and led the conceptualisation, design, development and productionisation of inertial sensors, navigation schemes, algorithms & systems, calibration methodologies, sensor models, simulation along with development of satellite navigation receivers and hybrid navigation systems.

Under his leadership, advanced products and varieties of avionics systems have been produced and successfully flight-tested in strategic programmes of the country.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

and Scientific Advisor to Raksha Mantri

GOC-in-C of Southern Command before taking over as the Vice Chief of the Army Staff in Delhi. General Rawat’s staff and instructional assignments include an instructional tenure at IMA, Dehradun; General Staff Officer at the Military Operations Directorate; Logistics Staff Officer of a Division in Central India; Deputy Military Secretary in the Military Secretary’s Branch; and Senior Instructor, Junior Command Wing.

He has been Major General General Staff of the Eastern Theatre. He is a graduate of the Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, the Higher Command and National Defence College courses and, has attended the US Army Command and General Staff College course at Fort Leavenworth, Kansas. He is recipient of PVSM, UYSM, AVSM, YSM, SM, VSM awards.

BUSINESS

General Bipin Rawat took over as the 27th Chief of the Army Staff on December 31, 2016. He was commissioned in the 5th Battalion of the 11 Gorkha Rifles in December 1978, from IMA, Dehradun, where he was awarded the ‘Sword of Honour’. The officer has vast experience in high altitude warfare and counterinsurgency operations and has considerable staff and instructional experience. His important command assignments include an Infantry battalion, along the line of actual control (LAC) in the Eastern Sector, a Rashtriya Rifles Sector, an Infantry Division in the Kashmir Valley, and a Corps in the North East. The officer also commanded a Multinational Brigade in a Chapter VII mission in the Democratic Republic of Congo (MOUNSCO). As an Army Cdr, he was the

TECHNOLOGY

Chief of the Army Staff

Admiral Karambir Singh

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 257

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Air and Officer-in-Charge of the Naval Air Station at Mumbai. On promotion to flag rank, he was appointed as Chief of Staff, Eastern Naval Command. His other important flag appointments include Chief of Staff of the Tri Services Unified Command at Andaman & Nicobar Islands and as the Flag Officer Maharashtra and Gujarat Naval Area (FOMAG). In the rank of Vice Admiral, he was the Director General Project Seabird, in-charge of infrastructure development of the Navy’s expansive and modern base at Karwar, Deputy Chief of the Naval Staff and Vice Chief of Naval Staff. Prior to taking over as the Chief of Naval Staff, he was Flag Officer Commandingin-Chief, Eastern Naval Command. He is recipient of PVSM and AVSM.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Admiral Karambir Singh was appointed as the 24th Chief of the Naval Staff on May 31, 2019. He is an alumnus of the National Defence Academy, Khadakwasla and was commissioned into the Indian Navy in July 1980. He earned his wings as a helicopter pilot in 1982 and has flown extensively on the Chetak and Kamov helicopters. He is a graduate of Defence Services Staff College, Wellington; College of Naval Warfare, Mumbai and has served as Directing Staff in both these Institutions. He has commanded an Indian Coast Guard Ship, a Missile Corvette as well as Guided Missile Destroyers, INS Rana and INS Delhi. He has also served as the Fleet Operations Officer of the Western Fleet. Ashore he has served as the Joint Director Naval Air Staff, Captain

INDIAN DEFENCE

Chief of the Naval Staff

R. Madhavan joined Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd (HAL) as a Management Trainee (Technical) in July 1982 and has been associated with HAL for over 36 years. He was elevated to the position of Executive Director, Accessories Division, Lucknow in July 2017. Prior to this elevation, he had served in various key positions across the different verticals within HAL. R. Madhavan with his rich and varied expe-

rience provided valuable inputs as a member of Tri-service committee for high altitude operation of Helicopters and had overseen successful launch of export of Engine sets to USA. He had also extensively contributed to GOI’s “Make in India” strategy by developing MSME sector vendors for Aerospace Manufacturing and had set roadmap for enhancing self-reliance & self-sufficiency. R. Madhavan is a graduate in Mechanical Engineering from NIT, Raipur and also holds post graduate degree of M. Tech from IIT Madras.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Chairman and Managing Director, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

R. Madhavan

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Public Sector Undertakings

M.V. Gowtama

integration, installation & commissioning groups of Ajanta project till 1998.

He completed M.Tech in advanced electronics from Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University, Hyderabad, while in service.

From 1998 to 2006, he worked on the Sangraha programme of the Indian Navy and with his team developed different ESM systems for submarines, helicopters, medium and long-range aircraft. Gowtama took over as GM (Technology Planning) at BEL Corporate Office, on February 1, 2010. Later he served as GM (Milcom) at BEL in Bengaluru and was Executive Director (Missile Systems) at BEL in Bengaluru till his elevation as Chairman and Managing Director of BEL.

INDIAN DEFENCE

M.V. Gowtama has taken charge as the Chairman and Managing Director of the Bharat Electronics Limited on November 8, 2016. He completed his B.Tech in electronics and communications from Sri Venkateswara University College of Engineering in Tirupati in 1983 and joined BEL, Ghaziabad unit, in the same year as a probationary engineer. He was initially posted to the D&E-Radar Division where he contributed to the development of receiver subsystem of cyclone warning radar which won the R&D award. He was transferred to the Hyderabad unit in May 1986 where he worked in the D&E, testing, system

BUSINESS

Chairman and Managing Director, Bharat Electronics Limited

D.K. Hota

Stephen’s College in Delhi and post-graduation in HR from XLRI. He has over three decades of professional experience in HR and business and served in various capacities in the Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL) including CEO of HPCL Biofuels. Prior to joining BEML, he was heading the Natural Gas Division of HPCL in Mumbai.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 267

REGIONAL BALANCE

D.K. Hota has assumed charge as Chairman and Managing Director with effect from July 1, 2016. He joined the Board of BEML Limited on July 1, 2013, as Director (Human Resources). Hota has graduated in economics honours from St.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Chairman and Managing Director, Bharat Earth Movers Limited

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 271

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

ment and growth of defence industrial base in the country.

These span across Chennai, Hosur, Coimbatore, Salem and Tiruchirappalli in Tamil Nadu as also across Aligarh, Agra, Jhansi, Kanpur, Chitrakoot and Lucknow in Uttar Pradesh.

An innovation ecosystem for Defence titled Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX) has been launched in April 2018. iDEX is aimed at creation of an ecosystem to foster innovation and technology development in Defence and Aerospace by engaging Industries including MSMEs, Start-ups, Individual Innovators, R&D institutes and Academia and provide them grants/funding and other support to carry out R&D which has potential for future adoption for Indian defence and aerospace needs.

The Government has notified a Policy for indigenisation of components and spares used in Defence Platforms in March 2019 with the objective to create an industry ecosystem which is able to indigenise the imported components including alloys & special materials, sub-assemblies for defence equipment and platform manufactured in India.

FDI Policy has been revised under which FDI is allowed under automatic route up to 49 per cent and beyond this through Government route wherever it is likely to result in access to modern technology or for other reasons to be recorded.

The Defence Products List for the purpose of issuing Industrial Licenses (ILs) under IDR Act has been revised and most of the components, parts, sub-systems, testing equipment and production equipment have been removed from the list, so as to reduce the entry barriers for the industry, particularly small and medium segment. The initial validity of the Industrial Licence granted under the IDR Act has been increased from three to 15 years with a provision to further extend it by three years on a case-to-case basis. So far, Government has issued 439 licenses covering 264 companies till March 2019. Industrial Licenses are issued for manufacturing of tanks and other armoured fighting vehicles, military aircraft, space craft and parts thereof, war-

INDIAN DEFENCE

Make in India – Defence In pursuance of ‘Make in India’ initiative of the Government, following measures have been taken to achieve substantive selfreliance in defence production: Defence Procurement Procedure (DPP) was revised in 2016 wherein specific provisions were introduced for stimulating growth of the domestic defence industry.

A new category of procurement ‘Buy {Indian-IDDM (Indigenously Designed, Developed and Manufactured)}’ has been introduced in DPP-2016 to promote indigenous design and development of defence equipment. It has been accorded top most priority for procurement of capital equipment.

Besides this, preference has been accorded to ‘Buy (Indian)’, ‘Buy and Make (Indian)’ & ‘Make’ categories of capital acquisition over ‘Buy (Global)’ & ‘Buy & Make (Global)’ categories.

The Government has notified the ‘Strategic Partnership (SP)’ Model which envisages establishment of long-term strategic partnerships with Indian entities through a transparent and competitive process, wherein they would tie up with global Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) to seek technology transfers to set up domestic manufacturing infrastructure and supply chains.

The ‘Make’ Procedure has been simplified with provisions for funding of 90 per cent of development cost by the Government to Indian industry and reserving projects not exceeding development cost of `10 crore (Government funded) and `3 crore (Industry funded) for MSMEs. Separate procedure for ‘Make-II’ sub-category has been notified wherein a number of industry friendly provisions such as relaxation of eligibility criterion, minimal documentation, provision for considering proposals suggested by industry/individual etc., have been introduced. Till date, 36 proposals for development by industry have been given ‘in-principle’ approval under Make-II. The Government has decided to establish two defence industrial corridors to serve as an engine of economic develop-

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

With the objective of achieving self reliance in defence production, the Ordnance Factories and DPSUs have been continuously modernising and upgrading their capabilities and widening their product range. A large number of major products have been developed through in-house research and development initiatives in addition to a number of products and equipment being produced through transfer of technology.

REGIONAL BALANCE

DRDO

Defence production

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

7

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

8

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Organisational Structure With its headquarters at New Delhi, DRDO is headed by a Chairman who is also the Secretary Department of Defence Research & Development (DDR&D), Government of India.

DRDO Headquarters Headquarters of DRDO located at New Delhi, coordinates the overall functioning of the organisation and is the interface between the government and the laboratories. The five CCR&D oversee the activities of the Corporate Directorates. These are CCR&D Production Coordination and Services Interaction (PC&SI); CCR&D Human Resources (HR); CCR&D Technology Management (TM); CCR&D Resources & Management and

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Human Resources DRDO follows a dynamic system of human resource management. Manpower requirement of projects and programmes are periodically reviewed by a Manpower Planning Board. DRDO has on its rolls a total of 24,029 employees, out of which 7,435 are in Defence Research & Development Service (DRDS), 8,964 in Defence Research & Technical Cadre (DRTC) and 7,630 in Administrative and Allied Cadre.

BUSINESS

Implementation (R&M and Imp) and CCR&D Systems Analysis & Modelling (SAM).

INDIAN DEFENCE

Budget DRDO receives an allocation annually that hovers around five per cent of the national defence budget. Approximately 80 per cent of the financial resources available to the DRDO are committed to Mission Mode (MM) and Staff Projects.

Budget Allocation (` in Crore) 11th Five-year plan 2007-12

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

F

ormed on January 1, 1958, the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) has emerged as a highly professional and mature organisation with a strong technology base and management systems to undertake indigenous development of state-of-the-art defence systems including design, development, integration and production. DRDO has achieved technological self-reliance in critical areas including ammunition, armoured systems, missiles, radar, avionics and electronic warfare systems, sensors, nuclear biological chemical (NBC) defence, low-intensity conflict technologies and advanced computing. The organisation plays a significant role in providing scientific and technological advice to MoD in support of defence policy; as evaluator of defence equipment for the operational requirements of the military and generating new technological knowledge to be transferred for indigenous development of state-of-the-art weapon systems. It also advises the government on technical assessment of international security threats and military capabilities of both current and potential adversaries.

TECHNOLOGY

Today, DRDO has emerged as a highly professional and mature organisation with a strong technology base and management systems to undertake indigenous development of state-of-the-art defence systems including design, development, integration and production. DRDO has achieved technological self-reliance in critical areas including ammunition, armoured systems, missiles, radar, avionics and electronic warfare systems, sensors, nuclear biological chemical (NBC) defence, low-intensity conflict technologies and advanced computing.

Total Allocation 42,322

12th Five-year plan 2012-2017

60,731 Total Allocation

Revenue

Capital

7,266.42 7,552.32 TO READ THE14,819 COMPLETE ARTICLE 2018-19 17,861 8127 9,734 GET YOUR COPY NOW! 2017-18

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 289

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

DEFENCE RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT (DRDO)

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Email ID

1

Aeronautical Development Establishment (ADE), Bangalore

Aeronautical Development Establishment, Suranjan Das Road, CV Raman Nagar Bangalore-560 093

080-25057037, 25248603

080-25283188, 25280248, 25057002

director@ade.drdo.in

2

Aerial Delivery Research and Development Establishment (ADRDE), Agra

Aerial Delivery Research & Development Establishment Station Road, Post Box No. 51 Agra Cantt-282 001

0562-25893274, 25885007

0562-25893102

director@adrde.drdo.in

3

Advanced Numerical Research & Analysis Group (ANURAG) Hyderabad

Advanced Numerical Research & Analysis Group, Kanchanbagh PO, Hyderabad-500 058

040-24347630

040-24347679

director@anurag.drdo.in

4

Armament Research & Development Establishment (ARDE), Pune

Armament Research & Development Establishment Armament PO, Pashan Pune-411 021

020-25893274, 25885007

020-25893102

director@arde.drdo.in

5

Centre for Advanced Semiconductor Technology (ASemiT), Delhi

Centre for Advanced Semiconductor Technology (ASemiT), Lucknow Road Timarpur, Delhi-110 054

011-23903879

011-23903480

centrehead@asemit.drdo.in

6

Centre For Air Borne System (CABS), Bangalore

Centre for Air Borne Systems Belur Yemlur Post Bangalore-560 037

080-25225121, 26572638

080-25222326

director@cabs.drdo.in

7

Centre for Artificial Intelligence & Robotics (CAIR), Bangalore

Center for Artificial Intelligence & Robotics DRDO Complex CV Raman Nagar Bangalore-560 093

25342646, 25244298 Extn:2270/2271, 28532880

080-25244298

director@cair.drdo.in

8

Centre for Fire, Explosive and Environment Safety (CFEES) Delhi

Center for Fire,Explosive and Environment Safety Brig SK Magumdar Marg, Timarpur Delhi-110 054

011-23813239, 23907102, 23907103, 23907104

011-23819547

director@cfees.drdo.in

9

Centre for Military Airworthiness & Certification (CEMILAC) Bangalore

Center for Military Airworthiness & Certification Ministry of Defence, Defence R&D Organisation, Marthahalli Colony PO Bangalore-560 037

080-25230680, 28517272

080-25230856, 25234781

director@cemilac.drdo.in

10

Combat Vehicles Research & Development Estt. (CVRDE) Chennai

Combat Vehicles Research & Development Estt., Avadi Chennai-600 054

044-26385112, 26383722, 26364001

044-26385112, 26383661

director@cvrde.drdo.in

11

Defence Avionics Research Establishment (DARE) Bangalore

Defence Avionics Research Establishment Post Box No: 7537 New Thippasandra Post Bangalore-560075

080-25347704, 25347707

080-25347717,

director@dare.drdo.in

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ 25347736 THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 297

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Fax

TECHNOLOGY

Tel

BUSINESS

Address

INDIAN DEFENCE

Lab name

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

S. No.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Indian Defence: R&D Establishments

Anoop Kamath

CONTENTS

Internal Security Scenario in India

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 301

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

I

ndia stands on the threshold geographically varied areas is enor Major General Umong Sethi (Retd) of prosperity and has the potenmous. These clefts get exploited by tial to become an economic inimical elements to provoke dispowerhouse and a world leader. Transforming India into a sention, disruptions, unrest and violence. prosperous, strong and modern country is the core collective New age challenges of cyber security, data and identity thefts, vision of the nation. The scope and scale of the task at hand can fake news to incite social strife and natural or manmade disasters, be perceived by appreciating that close to billion and a half people climate change besides traditional threats pose dilemmas to interinhabit Indian landmass spread over 3.2 million square km area nal security managers. Digital connectivity, proliferation of social that has uneven state of development. media, availability of mobiles and access to cheap data consents To address the ever-rising expectations of its citizens, the State a small incident acting as a trigger to precipitate a major security seeks to nurture an eco-system that primes economy for all-round crisis in relatively short time. The intensity, frequency and geodevelopment along with inclusive and sustainable growth. Good graphical spread of internal security incidents require agile and governance, fiscal responsibility, economic prudence, designing timely response that stretches the internal security resources in policies and practices in line with international best practices have greater manner than ever before. These require a multi-pronged become the buzz words. Tangible progress has been made towards approach to sustain and accelerate improvements in the security enhancing delivery through better-quality governance and eradi- environment. cation of corruption by increased use of technology. The curse of India inherited unresolved, un-demarcated, diverse land and malnutrition and illiteracy is being addressed vigorously though coastal borders at the time of independence. The population across with mixed results. A perceptible shift has taken place in favour borders has historical ethnic, linguistic and emotional connect of empowerment of women although much needs yet to be done. with each other. Legacy issues, geographical dissimilarities and Urbanisation, uneven development across regions has abetted seemingly dichotomous requirement of allowing easy movement of internal migration and that is posing new challenges. The digital people, goods and services and preventing entry of unwanted influconnectivity and improvement in infrastructure have brought peo- ences, people, drugs, arms and the like makes border management ple closer on the one hand but on the other increased restlessness a complex challenge in a high human density environment. due to better understanding of development dividend in core areas State sponsored terrorism from Pakistan, Left Wing Extremism vis-a-vis those at the fringes. There is perceptible increase in aspira- (LWE) spread in a few States in the hinterland, insurgent movetions of people and desire to seek larger share of the economic pie. ments in the North Eastern States continue to perpetrate vioIndia is a young nation with more than 62 per cent population fall- lence, dissensions and impede progress in parts of the country. ing in the working age group (15-59 years). More than 54 per cent Radicalisation, rise of fundamentalism, terror financing and their of her total population is below 25 years of age. This young India is consequent effects on society at large affect the social fibre and exhibiting palpable impatience with archaic systems and practices, pose dangers to overall security paradigm. inefficiencies, corruption and income disparities. The challenge of With all the above tribulations and paradoxes, it’s been often empowering the youth has been addressed only to an extent and asserted that India faces massive internal security challenges due not fully and comprehensively. The social construct is witnessing to very large population that is diverse in every sense that can be a catharsis with re-discovery of the power of mass movements. The perceived and spread over perhaps most dissimilar geographimagnitude of task of providing even-handed growth to all citizens cal landmass found anywhere in the world. The discourse is built having great differential in economic and social well-being over around ‘chances of full-scale war having receded due to nuclearisa-

TECHNOLOGY

New age challenges of cyber security, data and identity thefts, fake news to incite social strife and natural or manmade disasters, climate change besides traditional threats pose dilemmas to internal security managers.

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

Ministry of Home Affair (MHA)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

LT General Naresh Chand (Retd)

and ‘police’ are the responsibilities of States however Article 355 of the Constitution enjoins the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the Governance of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. In pursuance of these obligations, the Ministry of Home Affairs continuous-

The MHA discharges multifarious responsibilities, the important among them being - internal security, border management, Centre-State relations, administration of Union Territories, management of Central Armed Police Forces (CAPF), disaster management, etc. Though as per the Constitution of India, ‘public order’

Organisation & Role of the Central Armed Police Forces

TECHNOLOGY

In pursuance of its stated obligations, the Ministry of Home Affairs continuously monitors the internal security situation and provides guidance and expertise to the State Governments for maintenance of security, peace and harmony.

BUSINESS

CRPF

The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces

MoD Army HQ

Special Secretary (Internal Security)

Border Security Force

Central Reserve Police Force

Indo-Tibetan Border Police

Central Industrial Security Force

National Security Guard

Sashastra Seema Bal

Adm Control only

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

OP Control

Assam Rifles

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 307

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Home Secretary

INDIAN DEFENCE

Home Minister

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 319

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

P

ost 26/11 Mumbai attacks, there are about 227 minor ports.

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd) several measures were India also has an Exclusive Economic announced by the governZone (EEZ) of about 2.37 million km2 ment to strengthen coastal and maritime security along wherein India enjoys exclusive legal right to utilize all living and the entire coast. It was not the first time that there were non-living resources. threats to the coast and some measures were taken to stem it. Explosives were smuggled through Raigad, on the Maharashtra Project Sagarmala coast, to carry out the serial blasts in Mumbai during 1993. But due It is a series of projects to develop coastal India and also link the to horrendous nature of the 26/11 terrorist attacks, the Government inland waterways to reduce cost and time for transporting goods have initiated a series of coordinated effort, involving all agencies to to benefit the industry and export/import trade. In India the cost of effective measures in place. The result is that many of these measures transportation is 18 per cent of GDP as compared to China where are now in place and overall maritime security is much stronger than it is less than 10 per cent. It was originally planned by the Vajpayee before. The Indian Navy has been the lead agency in this regard and is Government in 2003 but did not make any headway. The present assisted by the Indian Coast Guard, Marine Police and other Central NDA Government launched the project in July 2015 and its National and state agencies. An overview of the threat and the infrastructure Perspective Plan was launched during April 2016, which when planned and implemented is given in succeeding paras. implemented will transform the Indian ports and coastal regions.

The project has 150 initiatives at a total outlay of `4,00,000 crore India’s Coast Line (about $58 billion).

India has a coastline of 7,516.6 km bordering the mainland and Project Sagarmala covers four broad segments to include: the islands which include nine states, i.e. Gujarat, Maharashtra, n Modernisation off port infrastructure; Goa, Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha n Add six new ports and enhance capacity; and West Bengal, and four union territories, i.e. Daman and Diu; n Improve port connectivity through rail corridors, freightfriendly expressways and inland waterways; Lakshadweep; Puducherry; and Andaman and Nicobar Islands.

Gujarat has the longest coastline of 1,214.7 km and Goa has the n Create 14 coastal economic zones (CEZs) and a special economic zone at Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust in Mumbai with smallest coastline of 101 km. Out of the union territories, Andaman manufacturing clusters to enable port-led industrialisation and and Nicobar Islands have the longest coastline of 1,962 km and, last to develop skills of fishermen and other coastal and island Daman and Diu has the shortest coastline of 42.5 km. communities.

Major and Minor Ports Maritime Trade The nine coastal Indian states are home to all major and minor ports of India. There are 12 major Indian ports which are under The international shipping industry is responsible for the carriage the Government of India and can handle a large volume of cargo of around 90 per cent of world trade. Shipping is the life blood of the and container traffic. Kamarajar Port, located on the Coromandel global economy. Without shipping, intercontinental trade, the bulk Coast (formerly called Ennore Port Limited), is the 13th port transport of raw materials, and the import/export of affordable food and the first port which is a public company. Apart from these and manufactured goods would simply not be possible.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Comprehensive measures were announced by the Government soon after 26/11 which made the Indian Navy (IN) responsible for overall maritime security, assisted by the Indian Coast Guard (ICG), State Marine Police and other Central and State agencies.

REGIONAL BALANCE

ICG

India’s Coastal Security

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

Homeland Security

Who’s Who in Indian Home Ministry Amit Shah

Minister of Home Affairs Amit Shah was appointed Minister of Home Affairs on May 31, 2019, in the re-elected government led by Narendra Modi. Amit Shah has risen to Head the ruling Party of India literally from the grass roots. Initially, he joined the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh and later became an active member of the Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad (ABVP) to become its Ahmedabad city Unit Secretary. Later, he also shouldered the

responsibilities of Secretary as well as Vice President of BJP, Gujarat State. In 1997, he became National Treasurer of the Bharatiya Janata Yuva Morcha (BJYM).

In 2013, he was appointed as National General Secretary of the BJP and In-Charge of Uttar Pradesh. His efforts earned BJP a historic success in the Parliamentary elections of 2014. He took over as BJP National President in July 2014.

Amit Shah was elected to Rajya Sabha, on August 19, 2017, from Gujarat State. In the General Election 2019, he won with a huge margin from the Gandhinagar Constituency of Gujarat State.

G. Kishan Reddy

Minister of State for Home Affairs G. Kishan Reddy was elected as Member of Parliament in 2019 from Secunderabad Constituency. He was earlier a three-time MLA and BJP Floor leader in Telangana and Andhra Pradesh Assembly. Kishan Reddy was appointed as the President of the Bharatiya Janata Yuva Morcha in 2002. He contested as

an MLA from Himayatnagar Assembly constituency in 2004 and got elected to the then AP Assembly. After the delimitation in 2009, he contested from Amberpet Assembly from where he got elected as an MLA for two consecutive terms of 2009 and 2014.

Kishan Reddy has played a key-role in establishing the party in Andhra Pradesh, holding different positions and discharging responsibilities in spreading the presence of the party to every nook and corner of the state.

Nityanand Rai

Minister of State for Home Affairs Nityanand Rai was born on 1st January, 1966 in Bihar. He did his BA (Hon) from R.N. Degree College of Baba Saheb Bhim Rao Ambedkar University. He started social works in 1982 as a member of ABVP. In a short span of time, he held the post of District Head and Departmental head of ABVP. He joined

Bharatiya Janta Party (BJP) in 1990 and became the President of Bharatiya Janta Yuva Morch in 1998. In 2000, he was elected MLA for Bihar Assembly from Hajipur. Later on, he held the post of State Secretary, General Secretary and President of BJP unit of Bihar.

During his President-ship of Bihar BJP unit, the party and its allies won 39 seats out of 40 seats during the 2019 Lok Shaba Election.

He was first time elected for MP from Ujiarpur Lok Sabha Seat of Bihar State in 2014 General Elections.

Ajay Kumar Bhalla

www.spguidepublications.com

Home Secretary

Ajay Kumar Bhalla takes over as the new Union Home Secretary on August 31, 2019, for a fixed two-year tenure.

Earlier, he was Secretary, Ministry of Power from June 30, 2017.

Before that, he was Director General of Foreign Trade from October, 2016 with additional charge of Director, IIFT till June 30, 2017. Before joining DGFT, Ajay Bhalla worked as Additional Secretary, Department of Commerce with effect from

324 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

April, 2015. Prior to this assignment Ajay Bhalla worked as Joint Secretary, Ministry of Coal with effect from July 2010 and Additional Secretary, Ministry of Coal, from January 2015 to April, 2015. In this assignment he dealt with allocation and allotment of coal blocks. In previous assignments in Government of India, Bhalla has worked as Director (Ports) in the Department of Shipping from May 2002 to March 2005.

A 1984 batch IAS officer, Ajay Bhalla has done M.Sc.(Botany) from University of Delhi, MBA from University of Queensland, Brisbane, and M.Phil (Social Sciences), from Punjab University.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces

354-360

Asian Who’s Who: Leadership Profiles Afghanistan Algeria Australia Bahrain Bangladesh Bhutan Brunei Cambodia China Egypt Indonesia Iran Iraq Israel Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Lebanon

361 362, 363 363, 364 365 365, 366 367 367, 368, 369 369 370 370, 371, 372 372, 373 374 375 375, 376 377 378 378, 379, 380 380, 381 381 381, 382 382, 383

CONTENTS

Libya 383 Malaysia 383, 384 Myanmar 384, 385 Nepal 385 North Korea 386 Oman 386 Pakistan 386, 387, 388 Philippines 388 Qatar 389 Saudi Arabia 389 Singapore 389, 390, 391 South Korea 391 Sri Lanka 392, 393 Syria 393, 394 Taiwan 394 Tajikistan 395 Thailand 395, 396 Turkey 396, 397 Turkmenistan 398 United Arab Emirates 398 Uzbekistan 399 Vietnam 399, 400 Yemen 400

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

MoD Organisations & Contacts of Asian Countries Australia 330, 331, 332 Bangladesh 333, 334 Brunei 334, 335, 336 Indonesia 336, 337 Iran 337 Japan 337, 338 Malaysia 339, 340, 341 Mynamar 341, 342 Nepal 343, 344 Philippines 345, 346, 347 Singapore 348, 349 South Korea 350 Sri Lanka 351, 352 Thailand 352 Vietnam 353

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Asian Who's Who

TECHNOLOGY

section five

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Asian who’s who With effect from the last edition of SP’s Military Yearbook, we had introduced a new chapter ‘MoD organisations and contacts of Asian countries’ within the regular ‘Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces’ section. In this edition we have further included the profiles of top leadership as much up to date as possible apart from the extensive information on Ministries of Defence in major Asian countries with critical facts like organisational structure, contact details, etc.

We sincerely hope that these information, which have been further added, will make SP’s Military Yearbook even more useful and will especially enable all the stakeholders from the aerospace and defence industry in doing business and collaborate more expeditiously.

TECHNOLOGY

Note from the Editor-in-Chief:

Countries being covered in the ‘MoD Contacts and Organisations of Asian Countries’ are:

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

n Australia: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Bangladesh: MoD contact details n Brunei: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Indonesia: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Iran: MoD contact details n Japan: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Malaysia: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Myanmar: MoD contact details and MoD organisational structure n Nepal: MoD contact details n Philippines: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Singapore: MoD contact details and organisational structure n South Korea: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Sri Lanka: MoD contact details and organisational structure n Thailand: MoD organisational structure n Vietnam: MoD contact details and organisational structure

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

15. Japan 16. Jordan 17. Kazakhstan 18. Kuwait 19. Kyrgyzstan 20. Laos 21. Lebanon 22. Libya 23. Malaysia 24. Myanmar 25. Nepal 26. North Korea 27. Oman 28. Pakistan 29. Philippines

30. Qatar 31. Saudi Arabia 32. Singapore 33. South Korea 34. Sri Lanka 35. Syria 36. Taiwan 37. Tajikistan 38. Thailand 39. Turkey 40. Turkmenistan 41. United Arab Emirates 42. Uzbekistan 43. Vietnam 44. Yemen

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 329

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

1. Afghanistan 2. Algeria 3. Australia 4. Bahrain 5. Bangladesh 6. Bhutan 7. Brunei 8. Cambodia 9. People’s Republic of China 10. Egypt 11. Indonesia 12. Iran 13. Iraq 14. Israel

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Countries being covered with the ‘Asian Who’s Who: Leadership Profiles’ are:

Asian who’s who

MoD organisations & contacts of Asian countries Compiled by SP Guide Publications team

www.spguidepublications.com

Australia: MoD Contact Details Name

Designation

Location

Postal Address

Tel

E-mail

Linda Reynolds

Minister for Defence

Suite C, 117 Great Eastern Highway, Rivervale WA 6103

PO Box 369 Belmont WA 6984

(08) 9477 5411

senator.reynolds@aph.gov.au

Alex Hawke

Assistant Minister for Defence

Department of Defence, Canberra ACT 2600

–

–

–

Darren Chester

Minister for Veterans and Defence Personnel

Level 1, 89 Raymond St, Sale, Vic 3850

PO Box 486 Sale, VIC 3850

(03) 5144 6744

darren.chester.mp@aph.gov.au

Melissa Price

Minister for Defence Industry

Geraldton (principal Office): 2b/209 Foreshore Drive, Geraldton WA 6530

Broome: PO Box 1856, Broome WA 6725

(08) 9964 2195

melissa.price.mp@aph.gov.au

Greg Moriarty

Secretary of Defence

R1-5-B Secretary Suite, Russell Drive, Russell, ACT 2601

PO Box 7900 Canberra BC ACT 2610

(02) 6265 2851

greg.moriarty@defence.gov.au

General Angus J. Campbell

Chief of the Defence Force

R1-5-CDF Suite, Russell Drive, Russell, ACT 2601

PO Box 7900, Canberra BC ACT 2610

1300 333 362

–

Vice Admiral David Lance Johnston

Vice Chief of the Defence Force

R1-5-B025, Russell Drive, Russell ACT 2601

PO Box 7902 Canberra BC ACT 2610

1300 333 362

david.johnston1@defence.gov.au

Vice Admiral Michael Noonan

Chief of Navy

Department of Defence, Canberra ACT 2600

–

–

–

Lieutenant General Rick Burr

Chief of Army

Department Of Defence, Canberra ACT 2600

R1-4-B003

(02) 6265 4311

–

Air Marshal Mel Hupfeld

Chief of Air Force

R1-6-C001

Department of Defence, Canberra ACT 2600

(02) 6265 5474

–

Lieutenant General Greg Bilton

Chief of Joint Operations

Kings Highway, Bungendore NSW 2621

HQJOC, PO Box 7928, Canberra BC ACT 2610

–

–

Brigadier Jennifer Woodward

Director Military Prosecutions

Level 3-13 London Circuit, Civic ACT 2600

PO Box 7937 Canberra BC ACT 2610

330 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

TO READ THE ARTICLE (02) 6127 4403 COMPLETE jennifer.woodward@defence.gov.au GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Asian who’s who

Who’s who in asian defence forces Compiled by SP Guide Publications team

q AFGHANISTAN Head of State and Government (President) Dr Mohammad Ashraf Ghani First Vice President Abdul Rashid Dostum Second Vice President Sarwar Danesh Defence Minister (acting) Asadullah Khalid Foreign Minister Salahuddin Rabbani Chief of General Staff of the Armed Forces Lieutenant General Bismillah Waziri Commander of the Air Force Major General Abdul Wahab Wardak

www.spguidepublications.com

Ministry of Defence Pule-Mahmood Khan, PD 2, 1001, Kabul, Afghanistan Phone: +93 (0) 20 266 1467 Email: info@mod.gov.af

Commander of the Territory Air Defense Forces Major General Amrani Amar Commander of the Gendarmerie General ARAAR Abderrahmane Ministry of National Defence B.P. 184 Alger Gare, Algeria Tel: +213 21 711515

Deputy Prime Minister Shaikh Mohammed bin Mubarak Al Khalifa

Head of State Queen Elizabeth II (since February 6, 1952)

Deputy Prime Minister Shaikh Ali bin Khalifa Al Khalifa

Governor General Peter Cosgrove

Deputy Prime Minister Jawad bin Salem Al Arrayed

Prime Minister Scott John Morrison

Deputy Prime Minister Shaikh Khalid bin Abdulla Al Khalifa

Defence Minister Linda Reynolds

Ministry of Defence P.O. Box 245, Manama Bahrain Tel: +973 665599 Fax: +973 663923

Minister for Defence Industry Melissa Price

President (Interim) Abdelkader Bensalah

Vice Chief of the Defence Force Vice Admiral David Johnston

Prime Minister Noureddine Bedoui

Chief of Army Lieutenant General Rick Burr

Chief of Staff of the People’s National Army and Vice-Minister of National Defense Lieutenant General Ahmed Gaid Salah

Chief of Navy Vice Admiral Michael Joseph Noonan

Commander of the Air Forces Major General Hamid Boumaiza

354 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Crown Prince, Deputy Supreme Commander and First Deputy Prime Minister Prince Salman bin Hamad Al Khalifa

q AUSTRALIA

Chief of the Defence Force General Angus J. Campbell

Commander of the Naval Forces Major General Mohammed-Larbi Haouli

Head of State/ King of Bahrain Hamad Bin Isa Al Khalifa

Prime Minister Prince Khalifa bin Salman Al Khalifa

q ALGERIA

Commander of the Land Forces Major General Said Chanegriha

q BAHRAIN

Chief of Air Force Air Marshal Mel Hupfeld Department of Defence Campbell Park Offices, Post Box 7911 Canberra BC ACT 2610 Australia Tel: +61 2 61449190

q BANGLADESH Head of State (President) Md Abdul Hamid Prime Minister and Minister of Defence Sheikh Hasina Secretary, Ministry of Defence Akhter Hussain Bhuiya Chief of Army Staff General Aziz Ahmed Chief of Naval Staff Admiral Aurangzeb Chowdhury

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE Chief of Air Staff Air Chief Marshal Masihuzzaman Serniabat GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Compiled by SP Guide Publications team

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Asian Who’s who: leadership PROFILES

President, Afghanistan

Born in Logar province, Afghanistan in 1949, Dr Ghani earned his first degree in 1973 from the American University in Beirut.

He returned a year later to teach at Kabul University before leaving for New York’s Columbia University for a masters degree in Anthropology. The intended two year stint got extended when proSoviet forces came to power in Afghanistan and he stayed back for his Ph.D. He also taught at the University of California, Berkeley and Johns Hopkins University and enjoyed a 11 year tenure at the World Bank as lead anthropologist but returned to Afghanistan following Taliban’s ouster in 2001.

Dr Ghani was also the Special Adviser to ambassador Lakhdar Brahimi from the UN Secretary General’s special envoy and a pro bono Chief Adviser to Interim President Karzai. As the Finance Minister he undertook various reforms – issued a new currency in record time, computerised the operations of treasury, fired corrupt officials from the ministry and refused to pay the army until they produced a genuine roster of soldiers.

He was awarded the Sayed Jamal-ud-Din Afghan medal and recognised as the Best Finance Minister of Asia in 2003 by Emerging Markets. In 2010, he served as Chairman of the Transition Coordination Commission but resigned to run for presidential elections in 2014 and won.

BUSINESS

Dr Mohammad Ashraf Ghani

TECHNOLOGY

Afghanistan

Asadullah Khalid

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 361

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

that as Governor of Ghazni Province (2002-2005). In September 2012, the National Assembly of Afghanistan approved him as head of the National Directorate of Security (NDS), which is the Afghan intelligence service.

Asadullah Khalid was appointed as Minister of Defence Acting in December 2018. Khalid is said to be affiliated with the Islamic Dawah Organisation of Afghanistan (Ittihad-i Islami) and has been noted as one of many loyalists of Afghan President Hamid Karzai.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Asadullah Khalid was born in the Ghazni Province of Afghanistan on June 10, 1970 into a Taraki Ghilzai Pashtun family. He served as head of the National Directorate of Security (NDS), which is the domestic intelligence agency of Afghanistan. Before his appointment as the head of the NDS in September 2012, Khalid served as the Minister of Tribal and Border Affairs. Between 2005 and 2008, he was the Governor of Kandahar Province and prior to

INDIAN DEFENCE

Minister of Defence Acting, Afghanistan

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

401 407 413 437 489 533

ASIAN WHOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S WHO

One GDP & Military Expenditure Two Asia-Pacific [Indo-Pacific] Developments Three Central and South Asia (CASA) Four East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (Eapa) Five West Asia and North Africa (WANA) Six Equipment & Hardware Specifications: An Overview

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Regional Balance

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section six

CONTENTS Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1 GDP & Military Expenditure 2019

2018

2018

20.889

21.657

22.925

520.9

37,172

1

Afghanistan

2

Algeria

178.287

197.629

208.773

4,278.9

42,228

3

Australia

1,379.55

1,500.26

1,581.89

57,305.3

24,992

4

Bahrain

34.895

37.841

39.703

24,050.8

1,569

5

Bangladesh

261.374

285.817

312.794

1,698.3

1,61,356

6

Bhutan

2.334

2.547

2.8

3,360.3

754

7

Brunei

12.743

14.438

14.791

31,627.7

429

8

Cambodia

22.252

24.36

26.628

1,512.1

16,250

9

China

12,014.61

14,092.51

15,543.71

9,770.8

13,92,730

10

Democratic People's Republic of Korea

NA

NA

NA

–

25,550

11

Egypt

237.073

NA

NA

2,549.1

98,423

12

India

2,611.01

2,848.23

3,155.23

2,015.6

13,52,617

13

Indonesia

1,015.41

1,074.97

1,152.89

3,893.6

2,67,663

14

Iran

431.92

418.875

413.114

5,627.7

81,800

15

Iraq

197.699

223.258

233.402

5,878.0

38,433

16

Israel

350.609

373.751

390.656

41,614.0

8,883

17

Japan

4,872.14

5,167.05

5,362.22

39,286.7

1,26,529

18

Jordan

40.487

42.553

44.794

4,247.8

9,956

19

Kazakhstan

160.839

179.25

190.469

9,331.0

18,276

20

Kuwait

120.351

135.305

140.146

34,244

4,137

21

Kyrgyzstan

7.163

7.588

8.029

1,281.4

6,316

22

Laos

16.984

18.337

23

Lebanon

51.457

53.62

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE 2,567.5 7,061 56.379 8,269.8 GET YOUR COPY NOW! 6,849

TECHNOLOGY

2018

BUSINESS

2017

INDIAN DEFENCE

Country

20.059

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 401

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Sr. No.

Population (Thousands)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Estimated Gross Domestic Product Per Capita (Figures in US$)

Total estimated GDP, all figures in US$ billion

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 407

TECHNOLOGY

tic of international relations post the World War II. Led by the United States a number of multilateral institutions sprang up the foremost being the United Nations. This was followed by the World Trade Organisation (WTO) which regulates trade between nations which subsumes individual national interests to the large good of the community.

There is a commonality of interests amongst the participants in a multilateral arrangement which has led to the emergence of some of the largest political groupings such as the European Union (EU) or the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) or economic and trade institutions as the WTO. In the security sphere collective security is the hallmark of multilateralism and NATO or North Atlantic Treaty Organization is a major example though some may cast this as an example of bilateralism with the United States being the hub and members the spoke.

The trend of unilateralism that is evident across the globe, be it plans of the United Kingdom to move out of the EU popularly known as Brexit or the United States government growing measures to look at American national interests above the global commons reneging multilateral treaties as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) that was inked by the administration under President Barack Obama by present President Donald Trump. The United States is not only rejecting multilateralism but in many ways also bilateralism – thus Trump has called for a review of strategic alliance treaties with Japan and South Korea – two of the strongest US allies in the Asia Pacific.

China on the other hand while supporting multilateralism has adopted the bilateral route which is most evident in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) – the two legged gigantic sweep on land and oceans called as the Silk Road Belt and 21st Century Maritime Silk Road respectively.

Agreements are inked mainly between China and partners mostly developing countries in the Indian Ocean region and increasingly expanding in the Eurasian plateau which are seen in favour of Beijing, creating huge debt challenges for the recipient of the so called Chinese largesse. In turn these states also contribute to growing China’s sphere of influence. Thus Asia Pacific which was relatively immune to the over-riding influence

of a resident large power is today seeing China’s rising presence in the region as a challenge if not a threat.

States taking shelter in bilateral strategic partnerships while weakening the resolve of the global community is another challenge facing multilateralism. While countries have time and again stated that they were committed to international cooperation on countering terrorism when it comes to concrete actions such as blacklisting of the terrorist leader of JeM, Masood Azhar China chooses to side with all weather friend Pakistan, thus reinforcing bilateralism.

The US China trade “war,” and tough negotiations ongoing is also one of the manifestations of the two largest economic seeking a unilateral solution to a problem that has largely multilateral dimensions. The global supply chain today has many extended arms with China and the US forming as the two hubs. With the hubs in conflict there is turbulence amongst the spokes that make the global trade wheel.

The impact of these developments are evident as the World Bank predicts that World trade will continue to face strong headwinds in 2019 and 2020 after growing more slowly than expected in 2018 due to rising trade tensions and increased economic uncertainty. WTO economists expect merchandise trade volume growth to fall to 2.6 per cent in 2019 — down from 3.0 per cent in 2018. Trade growth could then rebound to 3.0 per cent in 2020; however, this is dependent on an easing of trade tensions.

World merchandise trade volume is forecast to grow 2.6 per cent in 2019, accompanied by GDP growth of 2.6 per cent. Trade growth should pick up to 3.0 per cent in 2020 with GDP growth steady at 2.6 per cent. Trade growth in 2020 is expected to out-pace GDP growth due to faster GDP growth in developing economies. Trade tensions still pose the greatest risk to the forecast, but a relaxation could provide some upside potential.

Weak import demand in Europe and Asia dampened global trade volume growth in 2018 due to the large share of these regions in world trade.

In the geographies of multilateralism, ASEAN was a leading example of multilateralism in the Indo Asia Pacific now graduating towards the ASEAN Community though progress is slow. However other groupings in this geography are either weak or failing such as the South Asian Association of Regional Cooperation or SAARC is in a limbo due to the

BUSINESS

BRIGADIER Rahul Bhonsle (RETD)

INDIAN DEFENCE

M

ultilateralism has been the main characteris-

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

While in the past it was multi-polarity that supported multilateralism, in recent years the rise of unilateralism that is where powerful states act solely in national interest disrespecting international norms and treaties has led to some concerns in countries as India.

REGIONAL BALANCE

en.kremlin.ru

Asia-Pacific [Indo-Pacific] Developments

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

CONTENTS

Central and South Asia (CASA)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Central Asia and Russia For the past ten years, Russia and Central Asian states have established constant political and security dialogue, extensive bilateral and multi-

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 413

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

CARs are endowed with tremendous hydrocarbons reserves that has significant attraction for regional players like Russia, China, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India and Turkey and remote players like USA and EU. The share of Central Asia in the world energy markets is substantial. Central Asia and the Caucasus are considered by many to be the next oil and gas frontier. Overall, according to the Kazakhstan Ministry of Oil and Gas, proven hydrocarbon reserves, both onshore and offshore, are estimated to amount to 4.8 billion tonnes, or more than 35 billion barrels.

The OECD estimates that Kazakhstan holds 65 years of oil reserves and 308 years of coal reserves. Kazakhstan is the region’s leading oil producer and ninth-largest country in the world. Turkmenistan is the region’s main gas exporter, and exports its reserves directly to China through the Central Asia-China Gas Pipeline. Uzbekistan also supplies gas through the upgraded pipeline network. CARs also have immense hydropower potential of its rivers. A solution to leverage it is being sought through the Central Asia Energy and Water Development Program (CAEWDP) which is a partnership between the World Bank, the European Commission, Switzerland (through SECO), the United Kingdom (through DFID), and the US (through USAID). CARs falls on the ‘ancient Silk Road’ and it serves as the starting point of the China–Central Asia transnational oil and gas pipeline. Because of its strategic position and rich oil and gas resources, Central Asia is a major focus of competition for the world’s political and economic powers like the United States, Russia, European Union and China. Most experts agree that the balance of power is changing in Central Asia, with Russia and China playing a greater role than the US, which had been the key guarantor of stability in the region until recently. The US is now facing a diminished presence in the region with the reduction and prospective withdrawal of its troops from Afghanistan.

Central Asia and China The countries of Central Asia are pivotal to China in safeguarding its Western border and ensuring stability in the adjacent regions, obtaining energy resources via the Turkmenistan-China natural gas pipeline and implementing the transcontinental connectivity initiative - the Belt and Road. Even though initially some disputes over the border demarcation remained, China and the partners have put them to rest by signing the border agreements. Political dialogue is maintained through active bilateral exchanges, the summits of Shanghai Cooperation Organization, as well as through the Belt and Road channels. All the five CAR countries have strategic partnership status with China; Kazakhstan and Tajikistan since 2017 and Kyrgyzstan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan since 2013.

Cooperation between China and the CAR countries includes infrastructural and logistic cooperation in the Eurasian space; role of SCO; ecology, investment; Belt and Road Initiative; agriculture; anti-terrorism, drug control, cyber-security and combating cross-border organised crime; and export of natural resources.

The Central Asian Republics (CARs) of Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgystan, Tajikistan came together with the People’s Republic of China and the Russian Federation in Shanghai (China) on June 15, 2001, to announce the formation of a permanent intergovernmental international organisation called The Shanghai Cooperation Organsiation (SCO). It was only later in 2002 that during the SCO Heads of State meeting in St. Petersburg that the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation Charter was signed. Later in 2017, during the meeting of the Heads of State Council of the SCO, held on June 8-9 in Astana, full member of the Organisation status was granted to India and to Pakistan.

The Central Asian nations interact with China within the UN framework, acknowledging the importance of the UN in combating international terrorism and building resiliency towards new challenges, yet stating the need for improvement the UN Security Council procedures. The originally Kazakhstan-proposed Conference on Interaction and Confidence-Building Measures in Asia (CICA) is also stated as an important dialogue tool within the partnership agreements between China and the Central Asian countries.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Energy and Power Diplomacy

Political and security relations of Central Asian Republics with China, Russia, USA and EU

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he Central Asian Republics (CARs) of Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgystan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan obtained their independence in 1991 with the collapse of the Soviet Union. These sovereign states in Central Asia have the Caspian Sea on the west and China on the east. The dominant ethnic groups in the region are Uzbek, Kazakh, Tajik, Turkmen and Kyrgyz. During their incorporation, earlier into Russia, and then into the Soviet Union, a large number of Russians and Ukrainians are also settled in these republics giving the whole region a multi-ethnic and distinctive character. Majority of the people in the region belong to the Sunni sect of Islam, the main religion.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

KAZAKHSTAN  General Information

CONTENTS By regional standards, Kazakhstan’s armed forces are both relatively sizeable and well equipped due to its major modernisation initiatives assisted by Russia due to its close defence relationship with Russia, reinforced through its membership of the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) and Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO).

The 2019-21 fiscal plan aims to modernise the economy and reduce its oil-dependency. High oil prices are expected to keep the GDP growth at over 3 per cent in 2019, following a growth of 3.7 per cent in 2018.

Kazakhstan government is keen on attracting foreign investment that is required for their ambitious economic development plans.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Central and south asia (Casa): Kazakhstan

Religions

Languages

Literacy Government Suffrage Administrative Divisions

: 27,24,900 sq km : Nur-Sultan (Astana) : Landlocked with access to Caspian Sea : 18,744,548 (July 2018 est.) : Kazakh (Qazaq) 63.1 per cent, Russian 23.7 per cent, Uzbek 2.9 per cent, Ukrainian 2.1 per cent, Uighur 1.4 per cent, Tatar 1.3 per cent, German 1.1 per cent, other 4.4 per cent (2009 est.) : Muslim 70.2 per cent, Christian 26.2 per cent (mainly Russian Orthodox), other 0.2 per cent, atheist 2.8 per cent, unspecified 0.5 per cent (2009 est.) : Kazakh (official, Qazaq) 74 per cent (understand spoken language), Russian (official, used in everyday business, designated the “language of interethnic communication”) 94.4 per cent (understand spoken language) (2009 est.) : 99.8 per cent : Presidential Republic : 18 years of age; universal : 14 provinces and 2 cities Kazakhstan Armed Forces: Land Forces, Navy, Air Defense Forces

Overview President Nursultan Nazarbayev’s decision to step down in March 2019, marks the beginning of a new chapter in the history of Kazakhstan.

Acting President Kassym-Zhomart Tokayev won the Presidential elections in June 2019, for a five-year term until 2024. Tokayev in all probability is likely to continue the policies of his predecessor, who is expected to be his mentor and guide on both domestic and foreign affairs. Political stability in Kazakhstan’s depends on Nazarbayev’s ability to manage the transition and its impact on key sectors, including mining and oil and gas.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 419

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

Area Capital Coastline Population Ethnic Divisions

Army : 20,000 4 regional comd : Astana, East, West and Southern Forces by Role Manoeuvre : Armoured -1 tk bde Mechanised 3 mech bde Air Manoeuvre : 4 air aslt bde Combat Support 3 arty bde; 1 SSM unit 3 cbt engr bde Equipment by Type Armoured Fighting Vehicles : MBT300 T-72BA RECCE 100 : 40 BRDM-2; 60 BRM-1 IFV 609 : 500 BMP-2; 107 BTR-80A; 2 BTR-3E APC 359 APC (T) 150 MT-LB APC (W) 207 : 190 BTR-80; 17 Cobra PPV 2 Arlan Engineering & Maintenance Vehicles - AEV MT-LB Anti-Tank/Anti-Infrastructure MSL SP 3+: 3 BMP-T; HMMWV with 9K111-1 Konkurs (AT- 5 Spandrel); 9P149 Shturm (MT-LB with AT-6 Spiral) MANPATS 9K111 Fagot (AT-4 Spigot); 9K111-1 Konkurs (AT-5 Spandrel); 9K115 Metis (AT-7 Saxhorn) GUNS 100mm 68 MT-12/T-12 ARTILLERY 611 SP 246: 122mm 126:120 2S1 Gvozdika; 6 Semser; 152mm 120 2S3 Akatsiya TOWED 150 : 122mm 100 D-30; 152mm 50 2A65 Adsta-B; (122mm up to 300 l)-30 in store) GUN/M OR 120mm 25 2S9 NONA-S MRL 127:122mm 100 BM-21 Grad; 220mm 3 TOS-1A; 300mm 24: 6 BM-30 Smerch; 18 IMI Lynx (with 50 msl); (122mm 100 BM-21 Grad; 220mm 180 9P140 Uragan all in store) MOR 63 SP 120mm 18 Cardom; 120mm 45 2B11 Sara/M120 SURFACE-To-Surface Missile Launchers SRBM: Conventional 12 9K79 Tochka (SS-21 Scarab), Navy 3,000 Equipment by Type Patrol and Coastal Combatants 24 PCG 3 Kazakhstan with 2 quad Inchr with 3M24 Uran (SS-N-25 Switchblade) AShM, 1 3M47 Ghibka Inchr with Igla (SA-N-10 Grouse) SAM PBF 5: 2 Saygak; 3 Sea Dolphin PB 16: 4 Almaty; 3 Archangel; 1 Dauntless; 4 Sardar; 1 Turk (AB 25); 2 Zhuk (of which 1 may be operational); 1 Other Logistics And Support - AGS 1 Zhaik Coastal Defence

INDIAN DEFENCE

Organisations by Service

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

: 39,000 (Army 20,000, Navy 3,000, Air 12,000 MoD 4,000) Paramilitary : 31,500 Conscript liability 12 months (due to be abolished)

REGIONAL BALANCE

Active

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Defence

What is China’s Strategy?

China’s leaders have benefited from what they view as a “period of strategic opportunity” during the initial two decades of the 21st century

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 437

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

to develop domestically and expand China’s “comprehensive national power.” Over the coming decades, they are focused on realizing a powerful and prosperous China that is equipped with a “world-class” military, securing China’s status as a great power with the aim of emerging as the preeminent power in the Indo-Pacific region. In 2018, China continued harnessing an array of economic, foreign policy, and security tools to realize this vision. Ongoing state-led efforts, which China implements both at home and abroad and which often feature economic and diplomatic initiatives, also support China’s security and military objectives:

China continues to implement long-term state-directed planning, such as “Made in China 2025” and other industrial development plans, which stress the need to replace imported technology with domestically produced technology. These plans present an economic challenge to nations that export high-tech products. These plans also directly support military modernization goals by stressing proprietary mastery of advanced dual-use technologies.

China’s leaders seek to align civil and defence technology development to achieve greater efficiency, innovation, and growth. In recent years, China’s leaders elevated this initiative, known as CivilMilitary Integration (CMI), to a national strategy that incentivizes the civilian sector to enter the defence market. The national CMI strategy focuses on hardware modernisation, education, personnel, investment, infrastructure, and logistics.

China’s leaders are leveraging China’s growing economic, diplomatic, and military clout to establish regional pre-eminence and expand the country’s international influence. China’s advancement of projects such as the “One Belt, One Road” Initiative (OBOR) will probably drive military overseas basing through a perceived need to provide security for OBOR projects.

China conducts influence operations to achieve outcomes favorable to its security and military strategy objectives. The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) seeks to condition foreign and multilateral political establishments and public opinion to accept China’s narrative surrounding its priorities like OBOR and South China Sea territorial and maritime claims. China harnesses academia and educational institutions, think tanks, and state-run media to advance China’s security interests. China’s foreign influence activities are predominately focused on establishing and maintaining power brokers within a foreign government to promote policies that China believes will facilitate China’s rise, despite China’s stated position of not interfering in foreign countries’ internal affairs.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

T

he region of East Asia and the Pacific saw some of the most ferocious battles being fought during the second World War and was the only place to suffer from Nuclear Holocaust.

Economically, financially and in terms of loss of personnel, countries in the region suffered heavily during the war only to bounce back after the war with dedication, perseverance and commitment to become either the most developed economies or the fastest developing nations in the world. Japan and South Korea experienced an economic boom. Taiwan blossomed into a high-tech powerhouse. Hong Kong, Singapore, and other Southeast Asian economies grew rapidly. Foundational institutions like the Association for Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), the APEC Forum, and the Asian Development Bank, all contributed to growth in the region. United States established formal diplomatic relations with China in 1979, which facilitated economic exchange. At the turn of the 21st century, the United States advocated for China’s admission into the World Trade Organization (WTO), with the belief that economic liberalisation would bring China into a greater partnership with the US and the free world.

Spanning a vast stretch of the globe from the west coast of the Pacific to the Eastern shores of India, the region is home to the world’s most populous states including nearly half of the earth’s population, more than half of the largest standing armies in the world and countries that possess nuclear weapons. Some of the world’s largest and busiest seaports are in the region. 60 percent of global maritime trade transits through East and South—East Asia, with roughly one-third of global shipping passing through the South China Sea alone. America’s annual two-way trade with the region is $2.3 trillion, with US foreign direct investment of $1.3 trillion in the region – more than China’s, Japan’s, and South Korea’s combined. The region contributes significantly to the global growth in gross domestic product (GDP) as it includes some of the world’s largest economies – China and Japan – and some of the world’s fastest growing economies.

As the region grows in population and economic weight, it is extremely important to ensure that it is increasingly a place of peace, stability, and growing prosperity – and not one of disorder, conflict, and predatory economics. Embedding these free and open principles will require efforts across the spectrum of the global community with diplomatic initiatives, economic exchange and military cooperation.

REGIONAL BALANCE

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

CONTENTS

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA): AUSTRALIA

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 443

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

Area : 77,41,220 sq km Capital : Canberra Coastline : 25,760 km Maritime Claims Territorial sea : 12 nm Contiguous zone : 24 nm Exclusive economic zone : 200 nm Continental shelf : 200 nm or to the edge of the continental margin Population : 23,470,145 (July 2018 est.)

Ethnic Divisions : English 25.9 per cent, Australian 25.4 per cent, Irish 7.5 per cent, Scottish 6.4 per cent, Italian 3.3 per cent, German 3.2 per cent, Chinese 3.1 per cent, Indian 1.4 per cent, Greek 1.4 per cent, Dutch 1.2 per cent, other 15.8 per cent (includes Australian aboriginal .5 per cent), unspecified 5.4 per cent(2011 est.)

Note: data represent self-identified ancestry, over a third of respondents reported two ancestries Languages : English 76.8 per cent, Mandarin 1.6 per cent, Italian 1.4 per cent, Arabic 1.3 per cent, Greek 1.2 per cent, Cantonese 1.2 per cent, Vietnamese 1.1 per cent, others 10.4 per cent, unspecified 5 per cent (2011 est) Literacy : 99 per cent Government : Parliamentary Democracy (Federal Parliament) under a Constitutional Monarchy; a Commonwealth realm Suffrage : 18 years of age; universal and compulsory Administrative Divisions : Six states and two territories

The 2019 Australian federal election was held on Saturday May 18, 2019 to elect members of the 46th Parliament of Australia. The election had been called following the dissolution of the 45th Parliament as elected at the 2016 double dissolution federal election. All 151 seats in the House of Representatives (lower house) and 40 of the 76 seats in the Senate (upper house) were contested. The second-term incumbent minority Coalition Government, led by Prime Minister Scott Morrison, won a third three-year term against the Labor opposition. Australia identifies China’s growing regional role, regional military modernisation and inter¬state rivalry, the threat of terrorism and cyber attacks as important influences shaping its defence policy US is Australia’s greatest ally and it is attempting to build closer economic and military relations with other countries of the region like India, Japan, South Korea and New Zealand . Australia is wary of China; as reflected in its initial reaction to the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad).

Australia’s three main defence objectives are the ‘defence of Australia’, ‘securing maritime Southeast Asia and the Pacific’, and ‘contributing to stability and the rules-based order across the wider Indo-Pacific region’.

Australia possesses capable, well-trained and equipped armed forces, with strong doctrine, logistic support, C4ISR and the capacity for deployment over long distances. Australia is providing forces in Iraq and is helping modernise, train and assist the Afghan National Defence and Security Forces. Australia is also a contributor to the UNSCR enforcement to get North Korea to comply with the sanctions and is helping the Philippines in building counter-terrorism capacity. In 2018, Australia celebrated their “First Hundred Years of Mateship” with United States for conducting training and exercies, joint and coalition operations and capability development. Australia has a commitment to the Indo-Pacific region as it seeks newer and innovative ways to counter new threats and strengthen security through more regional engagements and an increased focus on Pacific Islands. Australia has a Force Posture Agreement with US for capacity building and bilateral regional activities. In 2018, the U.S. Marine Rotational Forces-Darwin completed its seventh rotation, training with forces from Australia and 12 other regional countries and deploying as part of Australia’s Indo-Pacific Endeavor – a flotilla that conducted security cooperation activities in Southeast Asia and the Pacific Islands. In 2019, the Marine Rotational Forces-Darwin is expected to grow to 2,500 U.S. Marines with enhanced Aircraft Cooperation. The US Department of Defense is also partnering with Australia in cyber, space, and defence science and technology domains.

In 2016 twelve new ‘regionally superior’ submarines from DCNS (Naval Group) were contracted for and will be built in Australia, with the first one expected around 2030. More maritime muscle will be added by the delivery of three Aegis-equipped destroyers by 2020. Significant amphibious capability has also been added. Australia is committed to buying 72 F-35A Joint Strike Fighters from USA. 15 P-8 A maritimepatrol aircraft have started being inducted since 2016. From early 2020s the air force will acquire seven MQ-4C Triton UAS’ for maritime reconnaissance.

Australia’s defence budget aims to increase the country’s commitment to regional and global security. The 2019-20 defence budget was increased to US$27.52bn. In its annual budget statement, the government said the rise from the last financial year is in line with its commitment to increase the defence budget to 2% of GDP by 2020-21.

The Australian Cyber Security Centre was officially opened on November 27, 2014 and combines all the Cyber-Security capabilities of AustraliaInto a single location. It is the hub for private- and PublicSector Collaboration and information sharing to combat cyber-security threats. The Department of Defence is the first and largest contributor and works with other Government agencies in the centre to

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

 General Information

Overview

REGIONAL BALANCE

AUSTRALIA

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

Integration of the Region In the 1970s and the 1980s, the WANA region embarked on major economic liberalisation, privatisation, and deregulation projects in their respective states. In the past two decades, further trade liberalisation continued as more states in West Asia joined the World Trade Organisation (WTO). In addition to the World Trade Organisation (WTO), 23 states joined the Greater Arab Free Trade Area (GAFTA), which encompasses a number of commodities. States have attempted to cooperate in smaller sub-regional organisations over the decades as well. In May 1981, six Arab Gulf states decided to form the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC). The six original member states – Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates – established the GCC in response to the fall of the Shah in Iran, the resulting Islamic Revolution, and the Iran-Iraq war.

While the six member states have achieved some agreement over security policies, especially in response to the 2011 Arab Spring, the exact nature and goals of the GCC remains rather ambiguous. The economic structure of the GCC has over the years undergone changes in an attempt to deepen the arrangement among its members. In 1983, the GCC established a free-trading zone that exempted local products and services from tariffs and taxes and, since the end of 2008, member states have also established a common market. In 2015, the GCC put a customs union into effect. These economic measures have resulted in

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS The Decline of Oil Wealth The economy of the WANA region is significantly dependent on the exports of oil and gas. The region has nearly half of the world’s oil and gas reserves and thus has been and will remain a crucial region for the Western developed economies which have sought to control the production of oil. However, despite the dependence of western economies, continuous inter-regional conflicts dominated by the Arab-Israel wars and Shia-Sunni tussles, the region could not become the economic power house it should have and remained depended on the oil wealth.

The 1990 invasion of Kuwait by Iraq, the 1990-1991 Gulf War, the 2003 invasion of Iraq, and the subsequent Global War on Terror and foreign intervention severely damaged oil production infrastructure in the region. As the world energy market turns toward renewable and lowcarbon energy sources in response to climate change and oil reserves begin to dwindle, the economies of these primarily oil-exporting countries in West Asia and North Africa face a steep challenge.

Threat to Regional Security and Economies Responding to the decline in oil prices, several Arab countries, especially the GCC member states announced economic and strategic plans that outline economic diversification strategies. Mostly these plans focused on diversification of economy with increased emphasis on private investment in the economy, the generation of jobs, and the creation of more opportunities for education and innovation. Perhaps the most impactful economic plan announced in the region with most far reaching consequences is the plan named “Saudi Vision 2030”, released by the Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman of Saudi Arabia and his group of advisors. This strategic plan focuses on moving the Saudi Arabian economy away from its dependence on oil, improving

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 489

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

some success. According to a report, in 2013 the combined economies of GCC member states had an aggregate GDP of $1.62 trillion, which made the sub-region the twelfth largest economy in the world. The GCC was also the fourth largest exporter in the world after China, the US, and Germany; these exports consisted primary of crude oil, natural gas, and other petrochemical products. These economic accomplishments have however been quickly overshadowed by a drop in world oil prices between 2014 and 2016, the civil war in Syria, the war in Yemen, and the conflict with the Islamic State. According to the World Bank, 2016 saw the GDP growth of GCC economies slow down to 1.6%, to 0.3% in 2017 and about 2% in 2018 as the problems of the oil sector affected other economic sectors.

INDIAN DEFENCE

and Africa, the region of Western Asia and North Africa (WANA) is considered as one of the most diverse areas and has been home to some of the world’s oldest civilizations. Over time, the WANA and its peoples have been dominated and influenced by many rules, including the Persian, Roman, Byzantine, Islam, and Ottoman empires. In addition to direct foreign control, the region has constantly been subject to Western European empires pressures and influences. Within this political chaos, many religions and cultures developed and thrived in the region. Judaism, Christianity, and Islam were born and formed here. Although, the majority of people today in the Middle East are Muslim, Judaism and Christianity both have very strong followings. Over the years, Islamic and pan-Arab transnational ideas have been co-opted by its political elites in an attempt to unify and integrate the region. Post-colonial West Asia nonetheless remains a heterogeneous region caught between Sunni and Shi’a, tribal Islam and the post-colonial nation-state, as well as territorial disputes, and the Israel-Palestine struggle.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

L

ocated at the junction of the three continents of Asia, Europe

REGIONAL BALANCE

West Asia and North Africa (WANA)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

regional balance 2019. Post-elections, the economic growth will depend upon the policies of the new President as well as the global conditions.

Defence Forces Active Force : 130,000 (Army 110,000 Navy 6,000 Air 14,000) Paramilitary : 187,200 Conscript liability of 18 months is only in the army (6 months basic, 12 months with regular army often involving civil projects) RESERVE : 150,000 (Army 150,000) up to 50 year age ORGANISATION : Army 35,000; 75,000 conscript (total 110,000)

www.spguidepublications.com

Forces by Role

Organised into 6 Mil Regions; Manoeuvre Armoured : 2 armd div(1st and 8th) Each armd div has 3tk regt; one mech regt and 1arty gp.

Indep armd bde : 2 Mechanised Div : 2(12th & 40th) Each mech div (1 tk regt; 3 mech regt, 1 arty gp) Indep mech bde : 2 Light indep mot bde : 2 Airborne AB div1 (4 para regt; 1 SF regt) Combat Support Arty bn : 2 Engr bn : 2 Air Defence Bn : 7 Equipment by Type Armoured Fighting Vehicles MBT 1,262 : 367 T-90SA; 325 T-72; 300 T-62; 270 T-54/T-55 RECCE 134 : 44 AML-60; 26 BRDM-2; 64 BRDM-2M with 9M133 Kornet (AT-14 Spriggan) IFV 1,089 : 685 BMP-1; 304 BMP-2M with 9M133 Kornet (AT-14 Spriggan); 100 BMP-3 APC 883+ A PC (W) 881+ : 250 BTR-60; 150 BTR-80; 150 OT-64; 55 M3 Panhard; 176+ Fuchs 2; 100 Fahd PPV 2 Marauder Anti-Tank/AntiInfrastructure MSL : MANPATS 9K11 Malyutka (AT-3 Sagger); 9K111 Fagot (AT-4 Spigot); 9K111-1 Konkurs (AT-5 Spandrel); 9K115-2 Metis-Ml (AT-13 Saxhom-2); 9K135 Kornet-E (AT-14 Spriggan); Milan RCL 180: 82mm 120 B-10; 107mm 60 B-ll GUNS 250: 57mm 160 ZIS-2 (M-1943); 85mm 80 D-44; 100mm 10 T-12 ARTILLERY 1,091 SP 224 : 122mm 140 2S1 Gvozdika; 152mm 30 2S3 Akatsiya; 155 mm e54 PLZ-45 TOWED 393 : 122mm 345: 160 D-30; 25 D-74; 100 M-1931/37; 60 M-30; 130mm 10 M-46; 152mm 20 M-1937 (ML-20); 155mm 18 Type88 (PLL-01) MRL 144 : 122mm 48 BM-21 Grad; 140mm 48 BM-14; 240mm 30 BM-24; 300mm 18 9A52 Smerch MOR 330: 82mm 150 M-37; 120mm 120 M-1943; 160mm 60 M-1943 Air Defence SAM 106+ : Short-range 38 96K6 Pantsir-Sl (SA-22 Greyhound) Point-defence 68+: e48 9K33M OSA (SA-8B Gecko); e20 9K31 StrelaA (SA-9 Gaskin); 9K32 Strela-2 (SA-7A/B Grail) Guns c830 : SP 23mm 225 ZSU-23-4

496 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

West Asia and North Africa (WANA): Algeria

TOWED

: c605:14.5mm 100:60 ZPU-2; 40 ZFU-4; 23mm 100 ZU-23; 37mm si50 M-1939; 57mm 75 S-60; 85mm 20 M-1939 (KS-12); 100mm 150 KS-19; 130mm 10 KS-30

Navy 6,000 Equipment by Type Submarines : Tactical - SSK4:Kilo (FSU Paltus) with 6 single 533mm IT with Test- 71 ME HWT/3M54 Klub-S (SS-N-27B) AShM-2 Improved Kilo (RUS Varshavyanka) with 6 single 533mm TT with Test-71ME IIWT/3M54E Klub-S (SS-N27B) AShM -2 Principal Surface Combatants : Frigates 7 Ffghm 4: Adhafer (C28A) with 2 quad lnchr with C-802 (CSS-N-8 Saccade) AShM, 1 EM-90 lnchr with HQ-7 SAM, 2 triple 324mm ASTI’, 2 Type-730B CIWS, 1 76mm gun (capacity 1 hel)-2

: Erradii (MEKO 200AN) with 2 octuple lnchrs with RBS- 15 Mk3 AShM, 4 8-cell VLS with Umkhonto-IR SAM, 2 twin 324mm II with MU90 I W T, 1 127mm gun (capacity 1 Super Lynx 300)-3

: FF Mourad Rais (FSU Koni) with 2 twin 533mm TT, 2 RBU 6000 Smerch 2 A/S mor, 2 twin 76mm gun-1. Total3 Patrol and Coastal Combatants : 24 Corvettes :6 FSGM 3 Rais Hamidou (FSU Nanuchka II) with up to 4 twin lnchr with 3M24 Uran (SS-N-25 Switchblade) AShM, 1 twin lnchr with 9M33 OSA-M (SA-N-4 Gecko) SAM, 1 AK630 CIWS, 1 twin 57mm gun FSG 3 Djebel Chenoua with 2 twin lnch with C-802 (CSS-N-8 Saccade) AShM, 1 AK630 CIWS, 1 76mm gun PBFG 9 Osa II (3t) with 4 single lnch with P-15 Termit (SS-N-2B Styx) AShM PB 9 Kebir with 1 76mm gun Amphibious 7 Principal Amphibious Ships : LHD 1 Kalaat Beni Abbes with 1 8-cell A50 VLS with Aster-15 SAM, 1 76mm gun (capacity 5 mcd hcl; 3 LCVP; 15 MBT; 350 troops) Landing Ships 3 : LSM (1) Polnochny B with 1 twin AK230 CIWS (capacity 6 MBT; 180 troops) LST (2) Kalaat beni Hammad (capacity 7 MBT; 240 troops) with 1 med hel landing platform Landing Craft : LCVP 3; LOGISTICS AND SUPPORT -2 AGS 1 El Idrissi AX 1 Daxin with 2 twin AK230 CIWS, 1 76mm gun, 1 hel landing platform Naval Aviation Equipment by Type Helicopters MRH 6 Super Lynx 300 SAR 12: 6 AW101 SAR; 4 Super Lynx Mkl30 Coast Guard 500 Equipment by Type -PATROL AND COASTAL COMBATANTS 55 PBF 6 Baglietto 20 PB 49: 6 Baglietto Mangusta; 12 Jebel Antar, 21 Deneb; 4 El Mounkid; 6 Kebir with 1 76mm gun LOGISTICS AND SUPPORT 9 A R 1 El Mourafek ARS 3 El Moundjid AXL 5 El Mouderrib (PRC Chui-E) (2

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS variants with new fitments based on new technologies to cater for new operational parameters. Thus the equipment may seem old but in fact may have undergone numerous upgrades to modernise it for current and future conflicts. n Some such variants of equipment have been included based upon information in the public domain and collated from various sources including other publications. For greater details, refer to other relevant media. n Specifications have been listed in general terms and common features spelt out. Details of sensors, weapon control systems and other such subsystems have been omitted as they may vary from craft to craft even within the same class or category. n The equipment held (types and numbers) in various countries of Asia along with other details is given in our chapter on Regional Balance.

ARMY EQUIPMENT

Multiple Rocket Launchers (MRLs)

Army equipment is listed below by Country:

Self-Propelled Guns and Howitzers

Towed Anti-tank (A Tk) Guns, Guns and Howitzer

: Type-98/Type-99, Type-99G, Type-90-II, North Industries Corporation (Norinco) Type-85-III : Type-62, Type-63, Type-63A

: Type-90, ZBD-04 IFV/ZBD (Type-97), Norinco VP1, Type-89 (YW 534), Type-85 (531H), Type WZ 501, Type-77, Norinco YW 531 APC : Type-83 152mm, PLZ45 155mm How, Enhanced PLZ45 systems Norinco, Type85 122mm How, 155mm (SP) System -SH1

: Type-59-1 130mm Fd Gun, Type-66 152mm Gun How

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

: Type-80 Twin 57mm SP AA Gun System, PL-9C, Almaz S-300 — ‘Offensive’ Air Defence, China’s SD-10A Air Defence System Low Altitude (Alt) SAM System Towed AA Guns : Chinese Type-56 14.5mm Gun, Norinco 37mm Type-74 Artillery-Delivered High Precision Munitions. The PLA is fielding long-range rocket artillery systems with the range to strike targets within or even across the Taiwan Strait. The most common of these is the PHL-03 12x300 mm multiple-rocket launcher – similar to the Russian 9A52-2 SMERCH, with a 150 km range. Improved warheads for these rockets may include vertical penetrators and sensor-fuzed munitions.

Czech/Slovak Republics APCs/ICVs : BRDM-2, OT-64 C (SKOT-2A), BMP-1 &

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 533

INDIAN DEFENCE

SP Anti-Aircraft Guns and SAMs

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Light tanks (Lt Tks) Armoured Personnel Carriers/Infantry Combat Vehicles (APCs), (ICVs)

: Type-90 122mm (40 round) MR System, WS-1B Multiple-Launch Rocket System

REGIONAL BALANCE

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

China Main battle tanks (MBTs)

TECHNOLOGY

T

his chapter contains specifications of some important military hardware being employed in the Asian region.

Equipment having greater commonality within the region and those of comparatively recent origin have been chosen and presented for Army, Navy and Air Force separately. Salient details are as under: n The chapter begins with a summary of equipment of each manufacturing country followed by more detailed characteristics of each type of equipment of that country. n While the equipment mentioned is in use in the Asian region, each type of hardware is listed under its country of origin (manufacturer) like Russia, UK and the US. n The development of weapon systems being a long-term process, a composite unit like a tank, ship or an aircraft passes through various phases/stages of development and appears in different

BUSINESS

Equipment & Hardware Specifications: An Overview

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

regional Balance

equipment & hardware specifications: Army

ARMY EQUIPMENT contd.

OT90 APC France MBTs Lt Tks APCs/ICVs

: Leclerc, AMX-30 : AMX-13 : Giat AMX-10P, Nexter Systems AMX-10P Marines, AMX VCI (ICV), Improved VAB 4 x 4 version (Wheeled), Panhard PVP, Panhard M3 SP Guns and Hows : GIAT Mk. F3 155mm SP Gun, GIAT 155mm, GCT SP Gun SP AA Guns and SAMs : Panhard M3 VDA Twin 20mm SP AA Gun System, Crotale Low Alt SAM System, Shahine Low Alt SAM System, AMX-30 twin 30mm SP AA Gun System Germany MBTs

APCs/ICVs

India MBTs Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows MRLs Israel MBTs Reconnaissance Vehicles SP Guns and Hows Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

www.spguidepublications.com

APC Russia MBTs

: : :

SP Guns and Hows

:

Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

: Krauss-Maffei Wegmann Leopard 2A7, Leopard 2A6, Krauss-Maffei Wegmann Leopard 2 MBT : Neuer Schutzenpanzer PUMA AIFV, Condor, Fuchs, Rheinmetall Landsystem Marder 1A3 ICV

: D-30 122mm Fd Gun, M-46 130mm Fd Gun, 155mm Gun How D-20 MRLs : Splav 300mm BM 9A52 (12 round) Smerch MR System, BM-21 122mm (40 round) MR System SP AA Guns and SAMs : ZSU-23-4 Quad 23mm SP AA Gun System, ZSU-57-2 Twin 57mm SP AA Gun System, 2S6M Tunguska System, SA-6 Gainful Low-to-Med alt SAM System, SA-8 Gecko Low Alt SAM System, SA-8B SAM System, SA-9 Gaskin SAM, SA-13 Gopher SAM System Towed AA Guns : ZU-23-2 Twin 23mm Automatic (Auto) AA Gun, S-60 57mm Auto AA Gun, 100mm anti-aircraft gun KS-19Singapore SP Guns and Hows : SSPH-1 Primus

: T-90, Arjun

South Africa APCs/ICVs

: Caspir Mk. III, Ratel 90

: Merkava Mk3, Merkava 4, Sabra MBT

South Korea MBTs Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer

: RAM family of light AFVs : Soltam L-33 155mm

Spain APCs/ICVs

: BMR-600

: Soltam M-71 155mm Gun/How

Sweden Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer Towed AA Guns

: Bofors FH-77 B 155mm : Bofors L-40/-70, 40mm Auto AA Gun

: IFG Mk.2 105mm : Pinaka MR System

Italy SP Guns and Howitzer : Oto Palmaria 155mm, Oto Melara 155mm M109L [SP] Howitzer Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer : Oto Melara Model 56 105mm Pack How Japan MBTs Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs Type SU 60 SP Guns and Hows MRLs Pakistan MBTs

Lt Tks Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs

T-54, T-55, T-55 (Upgraded), T-62, T-64B, T-72, T-80U, T-90S PT-76B BRDM-2, PRP-4 BMP-1, BMP-2, BMP-3, BMD-1 ACV, BTR50, BTR-80A, MT-LB, BTR-152VI M 1973 (2S3) 152mm, M 1974 (2S1) 122mm (MSTA-S) 152mm Self-Propelled Artillery System 2S19

: Type-74, Type-90, Mitsubishi TK–X MBT : Type-87 : Type-73, Type-89, Mitsubishi : Type-75 155mm, Type-99 155mm : Type-75 130mm (30 round) MR System : Type MBT 2000 (Al Khalid), Type Al Zarrar : Type Saad, Type Talha, Type M113A2

: Black Eagle Development Tank, T-95,

534 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

Switzerland APCs/ICVs Towed AA Guns

United Kingdom MBTs Lt Tks Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs SP Guns and Hows Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

: K1, Hyundai Rotem K2 MBT : 155mm KH179 How

: Mowag Piranha : Oerlikon-Contraves GDF-002 and 005 Twin 35mm Auto AA Guns, Oerlikon Contraves 20mm GAI-B01 Auto AA Guns

: Chieftain Mk 5, Centurion Mk 13, Challenger 2, Khalid, Vickers MBT Mk 3 : Alvis Scorpion : Alvis Saladin, Daimler Ferret Mk 2/3 : Stormer, GKN Def Desert Warrior, FV432 : AS90 (Braveheart) 155mm SP Gun : 105mm Lt Gun (L 118), 155mm

TO READ THE COMPLETE Lightweight How (M 777)ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

regional Balance NAVAL EQUIPMENT Navy equipment is listed below by Country: CHINA Strategic Missile Nuclear Submarines :

Aircraft Carriers : Conventional Submarines :

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

www.spguidepublications.com

INDIA Submarines :

Scorpene Class

Aircraft Carriers :

Sui Class Jin Class Xia Class Han Class Shang Class Type 001 Song Class Yuan Class Kilo Class Ming Class Qing Class (Experimental Submarine) Luzhou Class Sovremenny Class Luyang I/ II/III Class Luda Class Luhai Class Luhu Class Jiangkai I/II Class Jiangwei II Class Jianghu 1/II/V Class Jiangdao Class

Shishumar Class Kilo Class

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Arihant Class (SSBN) Chakra Class (SSN) Kiev Class (Ex Admiral Gorshkov) Indigenous Aircraft Carrier I (Vikrant under construction) Kashin Class Delhi Class Kolkata Class Visakhapatnam Class Godavari Class Brahmaputra Class Talwar Class Shivalik Class

ISRAEL Submarines : Corvettes : Patrol Forces :

Dolphin Class Eilat (SAAR 5) Class Hetz (SAAR 4.5) Class Reshef Class Super Dvora Class

NORTH KOREA Submarines :

Frigates :

Romeo Class Sang-O Class Yono Class Najin Class

equipment & hardware specifications: navy

Hardware Section.

Soho Class RUSSIA Patrol Submarines :

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

Kilo Class Lada Class Kashin Class Udayloy I & II Class Soveremennyy Class Krivak Class Admiral Gorshkov Class Admiral Grigorovich Class Gepard Class Buyan Class Steregushchy Class Nanuchka Class Tarantul Class

SOUTH KOREA Submarines : Chang Bogo Class Son Wonil Class Dolgorae Class Amphibious Assault : Dokdo Class LPH Go Jun Bong Class LST Destroyers : KDX1, 2 & 3 Class Frigates : Incheon Class Ulsan Class Corvettes : P O Hang Class For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

THAILAND Aircraft Carriers : Amphibious Forces :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

Chakri Naruebet Class Endurance Class Nomed PS 700 Class Naresuan Class Gwanggaeto Class Oliver Hazard Perry Class Knox Class Jianghu II Class Tapi Class Khamronsin Class Ratnakosin Class

UNITED KINGDOM For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Destroyers : Type 45 or Daring Class Frigates : Type 43 or Duke Class Off-shore Patrol Craft : River Class Corvettes : Qahir Class UNITED STATES OF AMERICA For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Guided Missile Destroyers : Gearing Class Frigates : Adelaide Class Amphibious Forces : Austin Class

For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and

562 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

1 Xia Class (Type 092) (SSBN) Displacement, tonnes : 6,500 surfaced, 7,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 393.6 × 33 × 26.2 (120 × 10 × 8) Main machinery : Nuclear; turbo-electric; 1 PWR; 58 MW; 1 shaft Speed, knots : 22 dived Complement : 100 Missiles : SLBM: 12 JL-1 (CSS-N-3); inertial guidance to 2,150 km (1,160 nm); warhead single nuclear 250 kT. Torpedoes : 6-21 in (533mm) bow tubes. Yu-3 (SET65E); active/passive homing to 15 km (8.1 nm) at 40 kt; warhead 205 kg.

Countermeasures : ESM: Type 921-A; radar warning.

Radars : Surface search: Snoop Tray; I-Band.

Sonars : SQZ-3; hull-mounted; active/passive

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Patrol Submarines (Conventional) 13 Song Class (Type 039/039G) (SSK) Displacement, tonnes : 1,700 surfaced; 2,250 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 246 × 24.6 × 17.5 (74.9 × 8.4 × 5.3) Main machinery : Diesel-electric; 4 MTU 16V 396 SE; 6,092 hp (m) (4.48 MW) diesels; 4 alternators;

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 563

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS 6 Shang Class (Type 093) (SSN) Displacement, tonnes : 6,500 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 372 x 37.2 x 33.6 (110 x 11 x 10) Main machinery : 1 nuclear pressurised water reactor, 1 shaft Speed, knots : 30 dived Complement : 100 Weapons : 6 x 533mm or 650mm torpedo tubes for a range of wire, acoustic and wake homing torpedoes and the submarine launched version of YJ-83 cruise missile.

Programme & Structure : The Type 093G is reported to be an upgraded version of Type 093, China’s second-generation nuclear-powered attack submarine, which entered active service several years ago. With a teardrop hull, the submarine is longer than its predecessor and has a vertical launching system.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Strategic Missile Submarines 4 Jin Class (Type 094) (SSBN) Displacement, tonnes : 8,000 surfaced, 11,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 449.5 × 38.7 × 7.5 (137.0 × 11.8 × 2.3) Main machinery : Nuclear: 2 PWR; 150 MW; 2 turbines; 1 shaft Speed, knots : 20 Complement : 140 Missiles : SLBM; 12 JL-2 (CSS-NX-5); 2-stage solidfuel rocket; Inertial guidance with stellar update to over 8,600 km, 12,000 km or 14,000 km depending on the variant; single nuclear warhead of 1 MT or 3-8 MIRV of smaller yield. CEP 300 m approximate.

Torpedoes : 6-21 in (533mm tubes) Countermeasures : Decoys: ESM. Radars : Surface search/navigation: Type-359; I-Band Sonars : Hull mounted passive/active; flank and towed arrays.

Structure : Likely to be based on the Type-093 SSN design which in turn is believed to be derived from the Russian Victor III design.

TECHNOLOGY

CHINA

3 Nuclear Propelled Attack Submarines Han Class (Type 091) (SSN) Displacement, tonnes : 5,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 385 x 33 x 24 (98 x 10 x 7.4) Main machinery : 1 nuclear pressurised water reactor, 1 shaft Speed, knots : 25 dived, 12 surfaced Complement : 75 Weapons : 6 x 533mm torpedo tubes for CET 65E and Type 53-51 torpedoes, up to 20 torpedoes or 36 mines Tube launched C-801 antiship missiles.

Programme &Structure : The first nuclear powered submarines deployed by the PLA (Navy). Five boats of the class were built and commissioned between 1974 and 1990. The first two are reported to have been decommissioned.

They are known for a noisy reactor and poor radiation shielding and are inhibited in their ability to launch missiles while submerged. The submarines are equipped with SQZ-262 sonar made in China. All boats deployed with the North Sea Fleet and based at Qingdao.

BUSINESS

WEST EUROPEAN COUNTRIES For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Submarines : Agosta Class (France, Spain) Daphne Class (France) HDW Class (Germany) Frigates : Al Riyadh Class (France) Madina Class (France) La Fayette Class (France) Descubierta Class (Spain) Fast Attack Missile Craft : Combattante Class (France) Ratcharit Class (Italy) Aircraft Carriers : Principe De Asturias Class (Spain)

search and attack; medium frequency. : Diving depth 300 m (985 ft). The Xia is a derivative of the Han Class SSNs, with an extended hull to accommodate 12 ballistic missile tubes.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Structure

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

NAVAL EQUIPMENT contd.

REGIONAL BALANCE

equipment & hardware specifications: navy

regional Balance AIR EQUIPMENT Air equipment is listed below by platforms:

Combat Aircraft

www.spguidepublications.com

China

: Xian H-6A/H/M Strategic Bomber (Licensed Variant of the Tupolev Tu-16)

: Shenyang J8B, J8F & J8H Third-Gen Interceptor

: Xian JH-7 & 7A – Fighter Bomber

: Chengdu J-7 Fighter (Licensed Variant of MiG-21 – Under replacement)

: Chengdu J-10A, J-10B & J-10S – FourthGen Multi-role Fighter

: JF-17 Thunder Multi-role Combat Aircraft

: Chengdu J-20 – Fifth-Gen, Multirole, Stealth Fighter

: Shenyang J-11A, 11B & 11BH Air Superiority Fighter, (Licensed Variant of the Su-27)

: Shenyang J-16 Multi-role Fighter

: Shenyang J-31 or FC 31 Fifth-Generation Stealth Aircraft under development.

Europe : Eurofighter Typhoon Tranche 1, 2 & 3A France : Dassault Mirage 2000C/D/N/5F Dassault Rafale B/C India : Light Combat Aircraft Tejas Mk I & IA Israel : IAI Kfir – Multi-role Combat Aircraft Russia : Mikoyan MiG-25R – In limited service

: Mikoyan MiG-29

: Mikoyan MiG-31/MiG-31BM

: Mikoyan MiG-35

: Mikoyan MiG-41 –Under developmnt

: Sukhoi Su-24 M/M2/MR

: Sukhoi Su-25SM

: Sukhoi Su-27

: Sukhoi Su-30M/M2

: Sukhoi Su-33

: Sukhoi Su-34P

: Sukhoi Su-35S

: Sukhoi Su-57 (Originally T-50 PAK FA) Sweden : Saab JAS-39 Gripen United Kingdom : Panavia Tornado BAE Systems Hawk 200 Series United States of America : Boeing F-15C/D Eagle

: Boeing F-15E Strike Eagle

: Boeing F/A-18A/B/C/D Hornet

: Boeing F/A-18E/F Super Hornet

: Lockheed Martin F-16C/D Fighting Falcon

: Northrop F-5E and F-5F Tiger II

: F-22A Raptor

: F-35A/F-35B Lightening II Joint Strike Fighter

Transport Aircraft Germany

France

: Transall C-160 : Dornier Do 228 : Transall C-160 –Produced jointly with Germany : Airbus A-330 Multi-Role Tanker Transport

584 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue

equipment & hardware specifications: air force

(MRTT) : Dassault-Brequest Br 1150 Atlantic Maritime Patrol/Anti-Submarine Warfare Aircraft Russia : Ilyushin IL-76 Candid

: Ilyushin IL-78 Midas

: An-124 Condor Heavy Lift

: An-22 Heavy Lift

: An-26 Medium Lift – to be replaced by An-140S

: An-32 Medium Lift

: An-140S Medium Lift Spain : Airbus Military CASA C-212

: Airbus Military CASA CN-235M

: Airbus Military CASA C-295

: Airbus A-400M Atlas Ukraine : Antonov An-26

: Antonov An-30 Antonov An-70

: Ant :

: Antonov An-132

: Antonov An-148 Maritime Patrol

: Antonov An-178

: Antonov An-225 United States of America : C-5M Super Galaxy

: C-17A Globemaster III

: Lockheed Martin C-130J-30 Super Hercules Brazil : Embraer EMB 110 Bandeirante

: Embraer Legacy 600 VIP Transport – Derived from ERJ 145

: Embraer 190 VIP Transport

: Embraer 120 Brasila

: Embraer 145 Utility

: Embraer 121 Xingu

: Embraer R 99 AEW&C/Elint

: Embraer KC-390 Medium Lift Transport

: Embraer Lineage 1000 Derived from Embraer 190

Helicopters France

Germany India

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

Italy

: : : :

Airbus H-215/ Eurocopter AS 532 Cougar Airbus Helicopters H125, / Eurocopter AS 550/AS 555 Fennec Eurocopter SA 360/AS 365 Dauphin, Eurocopter SA 365/366 Dauphin II, Eurocopter AS 565 Panther Eurocopter SA 341/342 Gazelle Eurocopter (MBB) Bo-105 Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Dhruv ALH–WSI (Armed Version) Light Combat Helicopter (LCH) Light Utility Helicopter – Under Development by HAL AW101 VIP Communication AW139 VIP Communication/SAR AW 149 Medium Lift Military Helicopter Agusta A129 Mangusta Attack Helicopter

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Bell 407 Bell AH-1 Cobra/Super Cobra Boeing AH-64E Apache Boeing CH-47F Chinook Sikorsky UH-60/HH-60/S-70/S-61R Sikorsky MH 53 Pave Low Bell Boeing V 22 Osprey

Training Brazil : India :

United Kingdom : China/Pakistan :

:

Embraer EMB-312 Tucano HAL HJT-16 Kiran Mk I/IA and Mk II : HTT 40 – Under development : IJT – Under development BAE Systems Hawk Advanced Jet Trainer K-8 Karakoram Basic Jet Trainer L-15 Advanced Jet Trainer

Airborne Early Warning & Control Brazil Sweden United States of America

: Embraer-145/R99 AEW : Saab 2000 AEW&C

: Boeing E-3 Sentry, Northrop Grumman E-2C Hawkeye

: Boeing E-767 AWACS Russia/Israel : IL-76 with Phalcon System India : Embraer ERJ 145 based Netra AEW&C

Jianjiao–7 Western designation : FT-7 Users: Bangladesh (FT-7B), China (JJ-7), Iran (FT-7), Myanmar (FT7), Pakistan (FT- 7P/ PG) and Sri Lanka (FT-7).

Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

Combat Aircraft

Qiang–5 NATO reporting name : Fantan Western designation : A-5 Users: Bangladesh (A-5C), China (Q-5), Myanmar (A-5-C/-M) and Pakistan (A-5III).

Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

China Hong–6 Western designation : B-6 User : China Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

FC–1 Export version : Super-7 Users : China, Pakistan Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 500.

Jian–7 Western designation Type Design based on

: F-7 : Single-seat fighter and close support aircraft : MiG-21 F (of Soviet origin)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Jianji–10 Western designation Type Design

: F-10 : Multi-role fighter : Tail-less delta wing and close-coupled fore-planes; single sweptback vertical tail

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2019 | 46th Issue | 585

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Jian–8 NATO reporting name : Finback Western designation : F-8 User : China Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

TECHNOLOGY

: : : : : : :

BUSINESS

: Kamov Ka-27 : Kamov Ka-31 : Kamov Ka-52 Attack Helicopter : Kamov Ka-60/62 : Kamov Ka-226T Light Utility Helicopter : Kazan Ansat : : Mil Mi-8 : Mil Mi-17 V5 : Mil Mi-24 Attack Helicopter : Mil Mi-25/-35 Attack Helicopter : Mil Mi-26 : Mil Mi-28 : Mil Mi-34 : Mil Mi-38 : Mil Mi-54 : VRT 500

INDIAN DEFENCE

Russia

United States of America

Other versions (i) J-7 I (ii) F-7A (export version of J-7I; exported to Albania, Egypt, Iraq and Tanzania) (iii) J-7 II (modified and improved version of J-7I; also known as J-7B) (iv) F-7 B (upgraded export version based on J-7II with ability to carry air-to-air missiles, exported to Bangladesh, Iran, Jordan, Pakistan, Zimbabwe); F-7BS (Sri Lanka) (v) J-7 IIA (improved version of J-7 II) (vi) J-7 H (improved version of J-7 II with improved ground attack capability) (vii) F-7 M Airguard (export version of J-7 IIA) (viii) J-7 II M (Chinese version of F-7M) (ix) F-7 P Airbolt: (variant of F-7M to meet specific requirements of Pakistan Air Force including ability to carry 4 X air-to-air missiles; F-7 MP Airbolt (modified version of F-7 P) (x) J-7C (J-7 III) (design based on MiG-21 MF) (xi) J-7 D (J-7IIIA; Improved J-7C version) (xii) J-7E (third-generationJ-7 version based on J-7II airframe) (xiii) F-7 MG (export variant of J-7E) (xiv) F-7 PG (variant of F-7 MG modified for Pakistan Air Force) (xv) J 7/FT 7 Tandem two-seat operational trainer based on J-7 II Users : China (J-7 II/ IIA/ H/ IIM/ III/ IIIA/ E), Bangladesh (F-7M), Egypt (F-7A/B), Iran (F-7M), Myanmar (F-7M), North Korea (F-7), Pakistan (F-7P/PG) and Sri Lanka (F-7BS).

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

AIR EQUIPMENT contd.

REGIONAL BALANCE

equipment & hardware specifications: air force

SP’s

Military 2019

Yearbook

• Enormously Improved • Exhaustively Updated • Extensive Inclusion of Infographics

SP’s

Military

Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2019 46 th

i s sue

F-21: For India.

From India.

46th is s u e

Different, inside and out. Made in India. Made for India.

The F-21 integrates India into the world’s largest fighter aircraft ecosystem and strengthens the country’s path to an advanced airpower future.

Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

editor-in-chief

© 2019 Lockheed Martin Corporation

jayant baranwal